Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Esquema Eléctrico Jaguar
Esquema Eléctrico Jaguar
Esquema Eléctrico Jaguar
The second section includes the Figures, which are the basis of the book. Each Figure is identified by a Figure Number (i.e.
Fig. 01.1) and Title, and is accompanied by a page of data containing information specific to that Figure.
It is recommended that the user read through the front section of the book to develop a familiarity with the layout of the book
and with the system of symbols and abbreviations used. The Table of Contents on the following pages should help to guide
the user.
Standard Abbreviations
The following abbreviations are used throughout this Electrical Guide:
B+ Battery Voltage
CAN Controller Area Network
COUPE Coupe Vehicles
CONV. Convertible Vehicles
DI Direction Indicator
LH Left-Hand
LHD Left-Hand Drive
N/A Normally Aspirated
NAS North American Specification
RH Right-Hand
RHD Right-Hand Drive
ROW Rest of World
SC Supercharged
SCP Standard Corporate Protocol Network
VIN Vehicle Identification Number
➞ VIN 123456 indicates “up to VIN 123456”; VIN 123456 ➞ indicates “from VIN 123456 on”.
XK8 Electrical System Architecture
The XK8 system “architecture” incorporates two data networks: a controller area network (CAN) for the engine, drive train and
related systems, and a standard corporate protocol network (SCP) for the body systems. Any vehicle subsystem depicted on
the figures with the CAN or SCP included uses data derived from the network, or transmits data via the network to achieve con-
trol. Messages for both networks are cataloged in the Appendix of this book. When appropriate, the user will be referred to the
Appendix by a note on the Data page. In addition to the two networks, the XK8 uses a serial data bus (ISO) for diagnostics and for
the programming of certain control modules.
The XK8 uses both power and logic grounds; however, it does not use a common logic ground stud connection as in
previous vehicles.
FIGURES
Fig. Description Variant
01 Power Distribution
01.1 ...... Main Power Distribution ................................................................ All Vehicles
01.2 ...... Battery Power Distribution: Driver and Passenger Fuse Boxes ....... All Vehicles
01.3 ...... Battery Power Distribution: Trunk, Engine Compartment and
EMS Fuse Boxes ........................................................................... All Vehicles
01.4 ...... Ignition Switched Power Distribution ............................................. All Vehicles
01.5 ...... Engine Management Switched Power Distribution ........................ All Vehicles
02 Ground Distribution
02.1 ...... Ignition Switched Ground Distribution ............................................ All Vehicles
04 Engine Management
04.1 ...... AJ27 N/A NAS Engine Management: Part 1 ................................... AJ27 N/A NAS Vehicles
04.2 ...... AJ27 N/A ROW Engine Management: Part 1 ................................. AJ27 N/A ROW Vehicles
04.3 ...... AJ27 N/A Engine Management: Part 2 ........................................... AJ27 N/A Vehicles
04.4 ...... AJ27 SC NAS Engine Management: Part 1 .................................... AJ27 SC NAS Vehicles
04.5 ...... AJ27 SC ROW Engine Management: Part 1 ................................... AJ27 SC ROW Vehicles
04.6 ...... AJ27 SC Engine Management: Part 2 ............................................ AJ27 SC Vehicles
05 Transmission
05.1 ...... AJ27 N/A Automatic Transmission ................................................. AJ27 N/A Vehicles
05.2 ...... AJ27 SC Automatic Transmission .................................................. AJ27 SC Vehicles
05.3 ...... Gearshift Interlock .......................................................................... All Vehicles
06 Chassis
06.1 ...... Anti-Lock Braking; Traction Control ................................................ All Vehicles
06.2 ...... Power Assisted Steering ................................................................ All Vehicles
06.3 ...... Suspension Adaptive Damping ...................................................... Adaptive Damping Vehicles
06.4 ...... Adaptive Speed Control ................................................................. Adaptive Speed Control Vehicles
07 Climate Control
07.1 ...... Climate Control: Part 1 ................................................................... All Vehicles
07.2 ...... Climate Control: Part 2 ................................................................... All Vehicles
09 Exterior Lighting
09.1 ...... Exterior Lighting: Front ................................................................... All Vehicles
09.2 ...... Exterior Lighting: Rear .................................................................... All Vehicles
09.3 ...... Headlamp Leveling ........................................................................ Headlamp Leveling Vehicles
FIGURES
Fig. Description Variant
10 Interior Lighting
10.1 ...... Interior Lighting .............................................................................. All Vehicles
10.2 ...... Dimmer-Controlled Lighting ........................................................... All Vehicles
12 Seat Systems
12.1 ...... Driver Seat: Memory ...................................................................... Memory Seat Vehicles
12.2 ...... Driver Seat: Non Memory .............................................................. Non Memory Seat Vehicles
12.3 ...... Passenger Seat: 3-Way Movement ................................................ 3-Way Movement Vehicles
12.4 ...... Passenger Seat: 2-Way Movement ................................................ 2-Way Movement Vehicles
16 In-Car Entertainment
16.1 ...... Standard In-Car Entertainment ....................................................... Standard ICE Vehicles
16.2 ...... Premium In-Car Entertainment ....................................................... Premium ICE Vehicles
17 Communications; Navigation
17.1 ...... Telephone ...................................................................................... All Vehicles
17.2 ...... Navigation System ......................................................................... Navigation Only Vehicles
17.3 ...... Navigation System with TV and VICS ............................................. TV and VICS Vehicles
19 Ancillaries
19.1 ...... Ancillaries: Horns; Cigar Lighters; Accessory Connectors;
Garage Door Opener ...................................................................... All Vehicles
ABS / Traction Control Control Module .......................................... Fig. 06.1 Body Processor Module ................................................................ Fig. 03.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 20.1 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 03.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 20.2 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 05.3
...................................................................................................... Fig. 08.2
Accelerometers ............................................................................. Fig. 06.3
...................................................................................................... Fig. 09.1
Active Security Sounder ................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 09.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 20.1 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 10.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 20.2 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 11.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 11.2
Adaptive Damping Control Module ................................................ Fig. 06.3
...................................................................................................... Fig. 11.3
...................................................................................................... Fig. 20.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 12.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 20.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 12.2
Adaptive Speed Control Booster Control Module .......................... Fig. 06.4 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 12.3
...................................................................................................... Fig. 20.2 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 12.4
...................................................................................................... Fig. 13.1
Adaptive Speed Control Brake Booster .......................................... Fig. 06.4
...................................................................................................... Fig. 13.2
Adaptive Speed Control Control Module ........................................ Fig. 06.4 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 13.3
...................................................................................................... Fig. 20.2 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 14.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 15.1
Adaptive Speed Control Master Switch ......................................... Fig. 06.4
...................................................................................................... Fig. 15.2
Air Assist Close Valve .................................................................... Fig. 04.1 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 19.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.2 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 20.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 20.2
Air Conditioning Compressor Clutch .............................................. Fig. 04.3
...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.6 Brake Booster Pressure Sensors ................................................... Fig. 06.4
...................................................................................................... Fig. 07.2
Brake Cancel Switch ...................................................................... Fig. 04.3
Air Conditioning Control Module .................................................... Fig. 04.3 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.6
...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.6 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 06.4
...................................................................................................... Fig. 07.1
Brake Fluid Reservoir ..................................................................... Fig. 06.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 07.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 20.1 Brake Switch ................................................................................. Fig. 04.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 20.2 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.4
Air Conditioning Control Panel ....................................................... Fig. 07.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.5
...................................................................................................... Fig. 10.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 05.3
Air Intake – LH & RH Blower ......................................................... Fig. 07.1 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 06.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 06.3
Airbag / SRS Control Module ......................................................... Fig. 18.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 09.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 20.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 20.2 Canister Close Valve (CCV) ............................................................ Fig. 04.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.4
Airbag Interrogation Connector ...................................................... Fig. 18.1
CD Auto-Changer ........................................................................... Fig. 16.1
Airbag – Driver Side (Steering Wheel) ............................................ Fig. 18.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 16.2
Airbag – Passenger Side ................................................................ Fig. 18.1 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 17.2
Ambient Temperature Sensor ........................................................ Fig. 07.1 Cellular Telephone Control Module ................................................ Fig. 17.1
Antenna Motor .............................................................................. Fig. 16.1 Center Console Switch Pack .......................................................... Fig. 09.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 16.2 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 09.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 10.2
Aspirator Assembly ....................................................................... Fig. 07.1
Cigar Lighter .................................................................................. Fig. 10.2
Audible Warning Speaker (Column Switchgear .............................. Fig. 08.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 19.1
Auto Tilt Switch (Column Switchgear) ............................................ Fig. 11.1
Crankshaft Position Sensor (CKPS) ................................................ Fig. 04.1
Battery ........................................................................................... Fig. 03.1 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 03.2 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.4
...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.5
Blower Motors .............................................................................. Fig. 07.2
Camshaft Position Sensors (CMPS) ............................................... Fig. 04.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.4
...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.5
Column Joy Stick (Column Switchgear) ......................................... Fig. 11.1
Convertible Top Closed Switch ...................................................... Fig. 15.2
Convertible Top Down Switch ....................................................... Fig. 15.2
Convertible Top Latch Closed Switch ............................................ Fig. 15.2
Convertible Top Pump ................................................................... Fig. 15.2
Convertible Top Raised Switch ...................................................... Fig. 15.2 ECM and TCM Cooling Fan ........................................................... Fig. 04.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.2
Convertible Top Ready-To-Latch Switch ........................................ Fig. 15.2 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.4
Convertible Top Switch .................................................................. Fig. 10.2 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.5
...................................................................................................... Fig. 15.2 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor (ECTS) .................................. Fig. 04.1
Coolant Level Switch ..................................................................... Fig. 08.1 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.4
D – 4 Switch .................................................................................. Fig. 05.1 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.5
Damper Solenoids ......................................................................... Fig. 06.3 EGR Valve ...................................................................................... Fig. 04.4
Data Link Connector ...................................................................... Fig. 20.1 Engine Compartment Security Switch ........................................... Fig. 13.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 20.2 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 13.3
Dimmer Control (Column Switchgear) ........................................... Fig. 10.2 Engine Control Module .................................................................. Fig. 03.1
Dimmer Module ............................................................................ Fig. 10.2 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 03.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.1
Diode (BT29) – Trunk Switch ......................................................... Fig. 10.1 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.2
Door Control Module – Driver ........................................................ Fig. 10.1 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.3
...................................................................................................... Fig. 11.1 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.4
...................................................................................................... Fig. 11.2 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.5
...................................................................................................... Fig. 11.3 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.6
...................................................................................................... Fig. 12.1 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 05.3
...................................................................................................... Fig. 13.1 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 06.4
...................................................................................................... Fig. 13.2 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 07.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 13.3 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 13.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 15.1 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 13.3
...................................................................................................... Fig. 15.2 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 20.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 20.1 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 20.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 20.2 Engine Oil Temperature Sensor (EOTS) ......................................... Fig. 04.1
Door Control Module – Passenger ................................................. Fig. 10.1 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 11.2 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.4
...................................................................................................... Fig. 13.1 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.5
...................................................................................................... Fig. 13.2 Evaporator / Heater Matrix Assembly ............................................ Fig. 07.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 13.3
...................................................................................................... Fig. 15.1 Evaporative Emission Control Valve (EVAPP) ................................. Fig. 04.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 15.2 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 20.1 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.4
...................................................................................................... Fig. 20.2 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.5
Door Lock Actuator – Driver ........................................................... Fig. 13.1 Fascia Accessory Connector .......................................................... Fig. 19.1
Door Lock Actuator – Passenger .................................................... Fig. 13.1 Footwell Lamps ............................................................................. Fig. 10.1
Door Lock Switch – Passenger ...................................................... Fig. 13.1 Front Fog Lamps ........................................................................... Fig. 09.1
Door Lock Switches – Driver ......................................................... Fig. 10.1 Front Lamp Units ........................................................................... Fig. 09.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 13.1 Front Side Markers (NAS only) ....................................................... Fig. 09.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 13.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 13.3 Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor (FTPS) ................................................. Fig. 04.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 15.1 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.4
Door Mirror Motors – Driver .......................................................... Fig. 11.2 Fuel Fill Flap Solenoid .................................................................... Fig. 13.1
Door Mirror Motors – Passenger ................................................... Fig. 11.2 Fuel Injectors ................................................................................. Fig. 04.3
...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.6
Door Mirror – Driver ....................................................................... Fig. 11.3
Fuel Level Sensor .......................................................................... Fig. 08.1
Door Mirror – Passenger ................................................................ Fig. 11.3
Fuel Pump ..................................................................................... Fig. 04.3
Door Switch – Driver ...................................................................... Fig. 10.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 11.1 Fuel Pumps ................................................................................... Fig. 04.6
...................................................................................................... Fig. 11.2 Fuse Box – Driver Side .................................................................. Fig. 01.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 13.1 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 01.4
...................................................................................................... Fig. 13.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 13.3 Fuse Box – Engine Compartment .................................................. Fig. 01.3
...................................................................................................... Fig. 01.4
Door Switch – Passenger .............................................................. Fig. 10.1 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 07.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 13.1 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 09.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 13.2 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 13.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 13.3 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 13.3
Dual Linear Switch ......................................................................... Fig. 03.2 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 14.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 05.2 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 19.1
Fuse Box – Engine Management ................................................... Fig. 01.3 Key Fob Antenna ........................................................................... Fig. 13.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 01.5 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 13.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 13.3
Fuse Box – Passenger Side ........................................................... Fig. 01.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 01.4 Key Transponder Module ............................................................... Fig. 03.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 03.2
Fuse Box – Trunk ........................................................................... Fig. 01.3
...................................................................................................... Fig. 13.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 01.4
...................................................................................................... Fig. 13.3
...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.3
...................................................................................................... Fig. 20.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.6
...................................................................................................... Fig. 20.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 07.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 09.2 Keylock Solenoid (Column Switchgear) .......................................... Fig. 05.3
...................................................................................................... Fig. 19.1
Kickdown Switch ........................................................................... Fig. 05.2
Garage Door Opener (Roof Console) ............................................. Fig. 19.1
Knock Sensors (KS) ....................................................................... Fig. 04.1
Gear Selector Illumination Module ................................................. Fig. 05.1 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 05.2 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.4
...................................................................................................... Fig. 05.3 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.5
...................................................................................................... Fig. 10.2
Lamp Control Module .................................................................... Fig. 09.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 20.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 20.2 Latch Control Valve ........................................................................ Fig. 15.2
Gearshift Interlock Solenoid ........................................................... Fig. 05.3 Leveling Switch (Center Console Switch Pack) .............................. Fig. 09.3
Generator ...................................................................................... Fig. 03.1 Lighting Stalk (Column Switchgear) ............................................... Fig. 09.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 09.2
Glass Breakage Sensor (Roof Console) .......................................... Fig. 13.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 10.2
Glove Box Lamp ............................................................................ Fig. 10.1 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 11.3
...................................................................................................... Fig. 14.1
Handset ......................................................................................... Fig. 17.1
Mass Air Flow Sensor (MAFS) ....................................................... Fig. 04.1
Headlamp Leveling Actuators ........................................................ Fig. 09.3
...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.2
Heated Backlight ........................................................................... Fig. 07.2 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.4
...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.5
Heater Pump ................................................................................. Fig. 07.2
Main Control Valve ........................................................................ Fig. 15.2
Heater Valve .................................................................................. Fig. 07.2
Major Instrument Pack .................................................................. Fig. 05.3
High Mount Stop Lamp ................................................................. Fig. 09.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 08.1
High Power Protection Module ...................................................... Fig. 03.1 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 09.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 03.2 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 09.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 10.2
Heated Oxygen Sensors (HO2S) ................................................... Fig. 04.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 11.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 11.3
...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.4
...................................................................................................... Fig. 12.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.5
...................................................................................................... Fig. 13.2
Horn Switches (Steering Wheel) .................................................... Fig. 19.1 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 13.3
...................................................................................................... Fig. 15.1
Horns ............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 15.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 13.3
...................................................................................................... Fig. 16.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 19.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 16.2
Intake Air Temperature Sensor 2 (IATS 2) ...................................... Fig. 04.4 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 20.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.5 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 20.2
Ignition Coils .................................................................................. Fig. 04.3 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor (MAPS) .................................. Fig. 04.4
...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.6
Microphone ................................................................................... Fig. 17.1
Ignition Switch (Key-In Switch) ...................................................... Fig. 02.1
Minor Instrument Pack .................................................................. Fig. 08.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 03.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 10.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 03.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 10.1 Mirror Joy Stick (Driver Door Switch Pack) .................................... Fig. 11.3
...................................................................................................... Fig. 11.1 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 11.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 13.1
Mirrors ........................................................................................... Fig. 07.2
Impact Sensors .............................................................................. Fig. 18.1
Mode Switch (Transmission) ......................................................... Fig. 05.1
Inclination Sensor .......................................................................... Fig. 13.2 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 05.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 10.2
Inertia Switch ................................................................................. Fig. 02.1
Navigation Control Module ............................................................ Fig. 10.2
Intercooler Pump ........................................................................... Fig. 04.6
...................................................................................................... Fig. 17.2
Interior Rear View Mirror ............................................................... Fig. 11.3 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 17.3
...................................................................................................... Fig. 14.1
Navigation Display ......................................................................... Fig. 10.2 Refrigerant 4-Way Pressure Switch ............................................... Fig. 04.3
...................................................................................................... Fig. 17.2 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.6
...................................................................................................... Fig. 17.3 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 07.2
Navigation GPS Antenna ................................................................ Fig. 17.2 Regulator (Generator) .................................................................... Fig. 03.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 17.3 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 03.2
Neutral Switch ............................................................................... Fig. 03.1 Roof Console ................................................................................. Fig. 10.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 13.3
Not-In-Park Microswitch ................................................................ Fig. 05.3
...................................................................................................... Fig. 11.1 Seat Belt Pre-Tensioners ............................................................... Fig. 18.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 11.2
Seat Belt Switch ............................................................................ Fig. 12.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 13.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 12.2
Number Plate Lamps ..................................................................... Fig. 09.2 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 12.3
Oxygen Sensors (O2S) .................................................................. Fig. 04.1 Seat Control Module – Driver ......................................................... Fig. 11.3
...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.2 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 12.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 12.2
Oil Pressure Switch ....................................................................... Fig. 08.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 20.1
Parking Brake Switch ..................................................................... Fig. 04.1 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 20.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.2
Seat Control Module – Passenger .................................................. Fig. 11.3
...................................................................................................... Fig. 17.3
...................................................................................................... Fig. 12.3
Passive Security Sounder .............................................................. Fig. 13.2 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 12.4
...................................................................................................... Fig. 13.3 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 20.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 20.2
Power Amplifier ............................................................................. Fig. 16.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 17.2 Seat Cushion (Heater) – Driver ....................................................... Fig. 12.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 17.3 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 12.2
Power Assisted Steering Control Module ...................................... Fig. 06.2 Seat Cushion (Heater) – Passenger ................................................ Fig. 12.3
...................................................................................................... Fig. 12.4
Powerwash Pump ......................................................................... Fig. 14.1
Seat Heater Switch (Center Console Switch Pack) ........................ Fig. 12.1
Pedal Position Sensors (PPS) ......................................................... Fig. 04.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 12.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 12.3
...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.4
...................................................................................................... Fig. 12.4
...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.5
Seat Lumbar Pump – Driver ........................................................... Fig. 12.1
Pre-Tensioner Control Module ....................................................... Fig. 18.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 12.2
Puddle Lamps ................................................................................ Fig. 10.1
Seat Lumbar Pump – Passenger .................................................... Fig. 12.3
Quarter Light Lifts .......................................................................... Fig. 15.2
Seat Motors – Driver ...................................................................... Fig. 12.1
Radiator Fan Control Relay Module ................................................ Fig. 04.3 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 12.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.6
Seat Motors – Passenger .............................................................. Fig. 12.3
...................................................................................................... Fig. 07.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 12.4
Radiator Fans ................................................................................. Fig. 04.3
Security Active Indicator ................................................................ Fig. 13.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.6
...................................................................................................... Fig. 13.3
...................................................................................................... Fig. 07.2
Security and Locking Control Module ............................................ Fig. 09.2
Radio / Cassette Head Unit ............................................................ Fig. 10.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 11.3
...................................................................................................... Fig. 16.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 13.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 16.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 13.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 17.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 13.3
...................................................................................................... Fig. 17.3
...................................................................................................... Fig. 15.1
Vehicle Speed Interface Module .................................................... Fig. 17.2 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 15.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 20.1
Radio / Cassette Head Unit ............................................................ Fig. 17.3
...................................................................................................... Fig. 20.2
Radio Antenna ............................................................................... Fig. 16.1
Side DI Repeaters (ROW) .............................................................. Fig. 09.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 16.2
Solar Sensor .................................................................................. Fig. 07.1
Radio Control Switches (Steering Wheel) ...................................... Fig. 16.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 16.2 Speakers – Mid-Bass ..................................................................... Fig. 16.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 16.2
Rain Sensing Module ..................................................................... Fig. 14.1
Speakers –Tweeter ........................................................................ Fig. 16.2
Rain Sensor ................................................................................... Fig. 14.1
Speakers – Fascia .......................................................................... Fig. 16.1
Reader / Exciter Coil (Column Switchgear) ..................................... Fig. 13.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 16.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 13.3
Speakers – Rear (Convertible) ........................................................ Fig. 16.1
Rear Interior Lamp (Coupe Only) .................................................... Fig. 10.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 16.2
Rear Side Markers (NAS Only) ....................................................... Fig. 09.2
Speakers – Rear Quarter ................................................................ Fig. 16.1 Trunk Lamps .................................................................................. Fig. 10.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 16.2
Trunk Release Solenoid ................................................................. Fig. 13.1
Speaker – Rear (Coupe) ................................................................. Fig. 16.2
Trunk Switch ................................................................................. Fig. 10.1
Speed Control On / Off Switch ...................................................... Fig. 04.3 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 13.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.6 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 13.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 10.2 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 13.3
Speed Control Switches (Steering Wheel) ..................................... Fig. 04.3 Valet Switch .................................................................................. Fig. 10.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.6 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 13.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 06.4 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 13.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 13.3
Squab (Heater) – Driver .................................................................. Fig. 12.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 12.2 Vanity Lamps ................................................................................. Fig. 10.1
Squab (Heater) – Passenger ........................................................... Fig. 12.3 Variable Steering Converter ........................................................... Fig. 06.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 12.4
Vehicle Information Control Beacon Module .................................. Fig. 17.3
Stability / Traction Control Switch .................................................. Fig. 06.1
Vehicle Information Control Infrared Sensor .................................. Fig. 17.3
Starter Motor ................................................................................. Fig. 03.1
Vehicle Information Control Module .............................................. Fig. 17.3
...................................................................................................... Fig. 03.2
Vehicle Speed Interface Module .................................................... Fig. 17.3
Steering Column Motors ............................................................... Fig. 11.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 20.1
Suppression Module ...................................................................... Fig. 03.1 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 20.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 03.2
Vent Assembly .............................................................................. Fig. 07.1
Switch Pack – Driver Door ............................................................. Fig. 10.2
Variable Valve Timing Solenoid Valves (VVT Solenoid Valves) ........ Fig. 04.1
Switch Pack – Driver Door Memory ............................................... Fig. 10.2 ...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 11.1
Wash / Wipe Stalk (Column Switchgear) ........................................ Fig. 14.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 11.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 12.1 Wheel Speed Sensors ................................................................... Fig. 06.1
Switch Pack – Driver Seat .............................................................. Fig. 12.1 Window Lift Switches – Driver Door .............................................. Fig. 15.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 12.2
Window Lift Switches – Passenger Door ....................................... Fig. 15.1
Switch Pack – Passenger Door ...................................................... Fig. 10.2
Window Lift – Driver ...................................................................... Fig. 15.1
Switch Pack – Passenger Seat ....................................................... Fig. 12.3
Window Lift – Passenger ............................................................... Fig. 15.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 12.4
Windshield Heaters ....................................................................... Fig. 07.2
Tail Lamp Units .............................................................................. Fig. 09.2
Windshield Wash Pump and Fluid Level Sensor ............................ Fig. 14.1
Telephone Antenna ....................................................................... Fig. 17.1
Wiper Motor .................................................................................. Fig. 14.1
Television Antenna Amplifier ......................................................... Fig. 17.3
Television Antennas ...................................................................... Fig. 17.3
Television Module ......................................................................... Fig. 17.3
Throttle Motor ............................................................................... Fig. 04.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.4
...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.5
Throttle Position Sensors (TPS) ...................................................... Fig. 04.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.4
...................................................................................................... Fig. 04.5
Transmission Control Module: AJ27 N/A ....................................... Fig. 05.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 20.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 20.2
Transmission Control Module: AJ27 SC ......................................... Fig. 05.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 20.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 20.2
Transmission Rotary Switch .......................................................... Fig. 05.1
Trip Computer Switch Pack ........................................................... Fig. 08.1
...................................................................................................... Fig. 10.2
Trip Cycle Switch (Column Switchgear) ......................................... Fig. 08.1
Trunk Accessory Connector ........................................................... Fig. 19.1
Trunk and Fuel Fill Release Switch ................................................ Fig. 10.2
...................................................................................................... Fig. 13.1
The Figures 01 – Power Distribution detail the distribution of power to each of the systems. Numbered reference symbols refer
the user to a specific Figure and from a specific Figure back to the Power Distribution Figures. This method eliminates the need
to include detailed Power Distribution information on each of the Figures. Similarly, the Figure 02 – Ground Distribution details
the ignition switched ground distribution. The reference symbols are defined on page 12.
Each Figure appears on a right-hand page with a corresponding Data page to the left. The Figure and Data pages are folding
pages. The user must fold out both pages in order to access all the information provided.
Data Pages
The Data page includes information to assist the user in identifying and locating components, connectors and grounds. This in-
formation is supplemented by the illustrations in this front section of the book.
When network data is required for the understanding of a particular circuit, the user is directed to the Appendix.
Where circuits include a Control Module, Pin Out information is provided with values for “active” and “inactive” states. The
values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “inactive” means a load is
not applied or a switch is OFF. This information is provided to assist the user in understanding circuit
operation and should be used FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION FIGURE NUMBER COMPONENT, RELAY, CONNECTOR AND
GROUND INFORMATION
RELAYS
Relay Color / Stripe Connector / Color Location / Access
STARTER RELAY BROWN EM50 / BROWN RH ENCLOSURE RELAYS
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BT80 EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FALSE BULKHEAD, RIGHT HAND SIDE
EM1 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM3 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM60 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III HC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND LEFT INNER FENDER HEAT SHIELD
PI1 57-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
ST1
GROUNDS
EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FALSE BULKHEAD, RIGHT HAND SIDE
DATA PAGE
Ground Location / Type
BT68 BATTERY GROUND STUD
FC3BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE
XK8 Range 2000 Battery; Starter; Generator: AJ27 N/A Battery; Starter; Generator: AJ27 N/A Fig. 03.1
FALSE BULKHEAD
STUD CONNECTOR
R R
BT61 BT80 ST1
250A x 2
R 01.1
BT62
B R
BT67 BT66 BT60 250A BT63 R 01.1
N
15 B+
FC14-80 O GO GO GO
FC14-73 EM1-15 EMS28
III RW RW I
1
FC4-1 FC14-41
II WU 02.1
FC4-3 Y D EM50
BK I WR FC14-39 NW 3 5 WR
02.1 82
FCS48 FC4-5 FC4-2 YB D
BK
IGNITION SWITCH FC14-92 49 W 1 2 GO
(III) II
FC3BL ENGINE
CRANKING
CONTROL
STARTER RELAY
LOGIC
BK BK RU RU I
FCS47 FC89-3 FC89-1 FC14-7
BK POWER
NEUTRAL SWITCH
FC3BR
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
I GO
ENGINE EM82-2
START
FUEL PUMP
CONTROL
AND IGNITION GLASS BREAKAGE
FIGURE PAGE
YB D SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
FC22-9
SECURITY D Y Y Y D SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE ACKNOWLEDGE
PARK, NEUTRAL
05.1
G I EM82-16 EM3-8 FCS74 FC22-17
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
EM81-12 D O O D OK TO START
OK TO START
EM82-15 EM2-18 FC22-16
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
WR WR
ST3 EM60-2
ST2 R R
6
B
41 WU ST10
II
PI50-2 STARTER MOTOR
REGULATOR
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK: CHARGE INDICATOR
08.1
Y Y Y
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
EM1-14 PI1-11 PI50-1
R B
AN3-1 AN1 ST11
B
AN3-2 AN2
GENERATOR
SUPPRESSION
MODULE
1 6 7 52 Fig. 01.2 6 52 Fig. 01.4 I Input Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) VARIANT: AJ27 N/A Vehicles
II II
1 5
Fig. 01.1
53 67
1 19
I
Fig. 02.1
O Output D S
VIN RANGE: A00116 ➞
II E
53 92 Fig. 01.3 E E
Fig. 01.5 Serial and Encoded Communications SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: September 1999
NOTE: In the examples shown on this page, an ‘X’ is used where a number would appear on an actual Figure.
Reference Symbols
Reference symbols are used for three purposes:
• to allow the user to complete the individual system circuit to power supply or ground
• to refer the user to a related circuit
• to identify control module inputs, outputs and signal grounds
X Battery Power Supply
This symbol represents a direct battery power supply and refers the user to Figure 01.1, 01.2 or 01.3.
X X X Ignition Switched Power Supply
I II E
This symbol represents ignition switched power supply and refers the user to Figure 01.1, 01.4 or 01.5.
The suffix I indicates auxiliary power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions I (AUXILIARY) and II (IGNITION).
The suffix II indicates ignition power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III (ENGINE CRANK).
The suffix E indicates engine management switched power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and
III (ENGINE CRANK) under ECM control.
X XX XX
I II Ignition Switched Ground
This symbol represents an ignition switched ground and refers the user to Figure 02.1.
This symbol without a suffix indicates CRANK. Ground is completed in ignition switch key position III (ENGINE CRANK).
The suffix I indicates auxiliary ground. Ground is completed in ignition switch key positions I (AUXILIARY) and II (IGNITION).
The suffix II indicates ignition ground. Ground is completed in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III (EN-
GINE CRANK).
XX.X BPM Figure Number Reference Flag
This symbol refers the reader to a figure number only. It does not refer to a flag with the same number on a different figure.
As used in Figures 01.1 through 02.1, the reference flag refers the user to a continuation of the circuit. In this instance,
the user matches the number to a Power Supply or Ground symbol to trace the circuit.
In most other cases, it is not necessary to refer to another figure for completion of a circuit, as the reference flags are
used to indicate parallel circuits and circuits that share components. Most of the circuits where this situation occurs are
overlapped to avoid the necessity for cross-referencing to another figure. Exceptions to this rule are instances where sig-
nals are transmitted to or received from other system circuits. When circuits are not overlapped, they are noted by (CIR-
CUIT CONTINUED).
BPM Because the Body Processor Module appears numerous times, the abbreviation BPM is used in the reference
flags on Figures 01.2 and 02.1 in order to conserve space.
Control Module Input, Output, Data Link, Signal Ground and Network(s)
I O D C S
Input Output Serial and Encoded Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
Communications
These six symbols are employed to assist the user in visualizing the ‘logic’ of circuits containing control modules. The
symbols identify control module input, output, data link, signal ground and network pins. These symbols are also em-
ployed on the corresponding data page.
When a wire has two color code letters, the first letter indi-
CONNECTOR
cates the main color and the subsequent letter indicates the
tracer color.
DIODE
Wiring Harness Codes
DIODE (IN HARNESS)
XX1-X XX1 XX1-X Code Description
AC Air Conditioning (Climate Control)
AN Generator Suppression Module
EYELET AND STUD AS Generator to Starter
BB Trunk Bridging Link
BC Main Power Distribution
FUSE BL Trunk Lid
BT Trunk
DD Door, Driver
LOGIC GROUND
DP Door, Passenger
EL Engine Management Speed Control Link
EM Engine Management
POWER GROUND EN Engine Management Side Marker Link
FC Fascia
FL LH Front Wheel
LED FR RH Front Wheel
IC In-Car Entertainment
MOTOR IS Inclination Sensor Link
LF Left Forward
POTENTIOMETER
LL Power Steering Link
PI Engine
QL Convertible LH Quarter Light Link
PRESSURE TRANSDUCER QR Convertible RH Quarter Light Link
RF Roof
RH Rearward
RESISTOR RL LH Rear Wheel
RR RH Rear Wheel
SOLENOID RT Radio Telephone
SA Starter to Generator Link
SUPPRESSION DIODE SC Column Switchgear
SD Seat, Driver
SUPPRESSION RESISTOR SP Seat, Passenger
SW Steering Wheel
THERMISTOR
TL Telephone
TRANSISTOR
Code Numbering
When numbering connectors, grounds and splices, Jaguar
Engineering uses a three-position format: AC001, AC002,
WIRE CONTINUED
etc. Because space is limited in this Electrical Guide, the
codes have been shortened. Thus AC001-001 becomes
ZENER DIODE AC1-1, AC002-001 becomes AC2-1, etc.
Connectors
Splices
RHS3 RHS3
SIMPLIFIED SPLICE
Harness code Splice number
Splice
Diodes
Harness diodes occur at connectors and are depicted as components and identified by a connector number.
EXAMPLE:
Relay Connectors
Relay connector numbers are shown within the relay. The connector number is shown in the upper portion of the relay;
the pin (terminal) number is shown adjacent to the pin. Certain relays are paired and share a modular connector. In this
instance, the connector number remains the same for both relays while the pin numbers of the second relay are identi-
fied by numbers 6 – 10.
EXAMPLE:
AC20 4 AC20 9
3 5 8 10
1 2 6 7
Grounds
HARNESS CODE + GROUND STUD NUMBER + EYELET STUD POSITION (A,B,C) + EYELET DESIGNATION (S,L,R)
Eyelet designation
Two eyelet variations are used: a single eyelet and an eyelet pair. The single eyelet has a single ‘leg’, which is identified
by an S; the eyelet pair has two ‘legs’, identified as L (left) or R (right).
S L R
EXAMPLES:
Where the ground designation differs from LHD to RHD, the RHD ground is shown in parentheses. If the ground desig-
nation is the same for LHD and RHD, only one ground designation is used.
EXAMPLES:
The following connectors are the common harness-to-harness connectors used throughout the vehicle.
Ford Card
Used for SRS only.
STARTER
MOTOR
ST3
RHD
DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX (LHD) PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX (LHD)
PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX (RHD) DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX (RHD)
FC90 BT79 FC90
FC93 EM71 FC92
FC91
RHD LF71
BT61
HIGH POWER
PROTECTION MODULE
BT60
BT62
BT63
BT66
+
BATTERY
BT68
BT67
LHD
FRONT OF VEHICLE
LF2 LF1
LF41 LF42
FR – RH FRONT WHEEL
FL – LH FRONT WHEEL
ST – STARTER LINK
PI – ENGINE LL – POWER STEERING LINK
LF3
LF40
EM2 EM1 EM – ENGINE MANAGEMENT
AC – AIR CONDITIONING
(CLIMATE CONTROL)
IC1
IC2
IC – IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT
FC6 FC5
IC4
RH1
RH2
RH12
RH14
RH – REARWARD
BT – TRUNK BT1
BT2
RH5 RH6 BT3
RH2 RH1 BT4
BT58
QL – CONVERTIBLE QR – CONVERTIBLE
LH QUARTER LIGHT LINK RH QUARTER LIGHT LINK
BT2
BL – TRUNK LID
BB – TRUNK BRIDGING LINK
RHD
FRONT OF VEHICLE
LF2 LF1
LF41 LF42
LF3
LF40
EM2 EM1 EM – ENGINE MANAGEMENT
AC – AIR CONDITIONING
(CLIMATE CONTROL)
SC1
RF1 SC2
SC3
SC4
SC – COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
RF – ROOF
IC1
IC2
IC – IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT
FC6 FC5
IC4
RH1
RH2
RH12
RH14
RH – REARWARD
BT – TRUNK BT1
BT2
RH5 RH6 BT3
RH2 RH1 BT4
BT58
QL – CONVERTIBLE QR – CONVERTIBLE
LH QUARTER LIGHT LINK RH QUARTER LIGHT LINK
BT2
BL – TRUNK LID
BB – TRUNK BRIDGING LINK
LF1
LF2
EM2 EM1
LF3
FC4 FC2
FC3 FC1
(QUIET GROUND)
CE2
RADIO / CASSETTE
HEAD UNIT GROUND
FC6 FC5
RH3
(KEYFOB ANTENNA)
RH2 RH1
BT68
BATTERY GROUND
BT1
BT2
BT3
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX RELAYS
Engine compartment fuse box
Ignition positive relay
Horn relay
Dip beam relay
Powerwash relay
Main beam relay
Front fog relay
Heater pump relay
CONTROL MODULE
CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS (LHD)
ENCLOSURE RELAYS (RHD) O2S heaters relay
O2S heaters relay Engine management fuse box
Engine management fuse box Intercooler pump relay (LHD)
Ignition coil relay Fuel injection relay
Throttle motor power relay Throttle motor power relay
Fuel injection relay Ignition coil relay
EMS control relay EMS control relay
DRIVESHAFT TUNNEL
RELAYS
LH blower motor relay
RH blower motor relay
TRUNK RELAYS
Heated backlight relay
Tail lamp relay
Top up relay
Top down relay
LH quarter up relay / LH quarter down relay
Fuel pump 2 relay
RH quarter up relay / RH quarter down relay
NOTE: All relays are brown, with the exception of the microrelays, which are black.
LHD
ADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
VEHICLE SPEED
ADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROL INTERFACE MODULE (ABOVE)
BOOSTER CONTROL MODULE
AIRBAG / SRS
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK CONTROL MODULE
POWER ASSISTED STEERING
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE CONTROL MODULE
DIMMER MODULE
NAVIGATION
CONTROL MODULE
RHD
ADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
VEHICLE SPEED
INTERFACE MODULE (ABOVE) ADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROL
BOOSTER CONTROL MODULE
AIRBAG / SRS
CONTROL MODULE
NAVIGATION
CONTROL MODULE
EM80 / 31-WAY / NATURAL EM81 / 24-WAY / NATURAL EM82 / 17-WAY / NATURAL EM83 / 28-WAY / NATURAL EM84 / 22-WAY / NATURAL
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
GW GW R R G G B O* UY RG OG W WU U RW OY GR G R — GO OY N Y P BG OY WR RU — — U BW BW BW BO BG B
21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 12 11 10 9 8 7 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
B U W W O YU YG — — U UY WU RG* YG YR WU G — U K B GU W Y W OG BG G B O G G S BG BR YG YG UY BG BR GU GR GO GW —
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 17 16 15 14 13 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
B — BK — U — RW — UY Y BG — OY B — G R WR O Y O UY WR GW BW BW Y Y N N U NR B BO GB GW GO GU B
Control Module Pin Identification
EM80 / 31-WAY / NATURAL EM81 / 24-WAY / NATURAL EM82 / 17-WAY / NATURAL EM83 / 28-WAY / NATURAL EM84 / 22-WAY / NATURAL
XK8 Range 2000
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
GW GW R R G G B O* UY RG OG W WU U RW OY GR G R — GO OY N Y P BG OY WR RU — — U BW BW BW BO BG B
21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 12 11 10 9 8 7 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
B U W W O YU YG — — U UY WU RG* YG YR WU G — U K B GU W Y W OG BG G B O G G S BG BR YG YG UY BG BR GU GR GO GW —
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 17 16 15 14 13 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
B — BK BW* U — RW — UY Y BG O OY B — G R WR O Y O UY WR GW BW BW Y Y N N U NR B BO GB GW GO GU B
DATE OF ISSUE:
EM85 / 12-WAY / WHITE
5 4 3 2 1
U YG* YU* UY RU
12 11 10 9 8 7 6
— — YR* YR* WG B B
September 1999
DATE OF ISSUE:
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ27 N/A
September 1999
EM7
WB WB RU RY OB — — — — — RG R — G — — — — Y S — B YP YU — YB OR
56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88
— — Y G — Y G — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
EM73 EM72
25
26
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE
BT69
LF37
Control Module Pin Identification
15
7 G 23
O 16 —
RW
8 24
B B
9 25
NR NW
DATE OF ISSUE:
September 1999
DATE OF ISSUE:
September 1999
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE
XK8 Range 2000
AC4 / 22-WAY / GREY AC3 / 12-WAY / GREY AC2 / 16-WAY / GREY AC1 / 26-WAY / GREY
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 7 8 9 10 11 12 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
12 13 22 14 15 24 25 26
B — — U GW BW BK O Y YR — — U WU — O YG — UY — U GU GR RW GU RU YR Y NR —
WR B — — — — O GU
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1 2 11 1 2 11 12 13
— WU — — U U UY W UY Y YG — OY U OG RG Y — YB — OG GO UY UY GR RW UY RW R —
— — — RG U — OY UY
Control Module Pin Identification
27
28
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK
Control Module Pin Identification
FC25 FC26
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
WG RG YR BK — RU YB UY R Y Y — Y BW RU R O RU RG OG U OY YG RW OY R
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14
U R B RW Y O — — — G G BR — — — — OG Y RG OY G OG OY Y OY RW
DATE OF ISSUE:
September 1999
DATE OF ISSUE:
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
September 1999
FC14
BT18
R G YU OY — YB Y RW WG GU Y — — RU O OG O GW YR — GO RW — GO GU U
27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52
GO RW Y U Y WR RG GO G GW GR O Y WU RW UY BG OY U — — OG — GW RW BW
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
RW GW W GU YR Y RU — GU YR YB W GO U WU RW OY YB WG OG — WB WU NW B YG
BT41 BT40
FC22
29
30
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
DD11 DD10
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
WG — — OY — WB Y BK OY GW UY RW U BG U BK
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
UY O GW — — O — OG RU WU GB BO B Y
DP11 DP10
XK8 Range 2000
DATE OF ISSUE:
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
— — — — — — — — OY GW UY RW U BG U BK
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
— — GW — — — — OG RU WU — BO B Y
September 1999
DATE OF ISSUE:
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE
September 1999
SD3 SD4 SD5
FC29 FC30
SP3 SP5
31
Fig. 01.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
VVT SOLENOID VALVE: VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID VALVE – B PI32 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK
BATTERY BT66 / EYELET TRUNK, RIGHT HAND SIDE
BT67 / EYELET
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 / 104-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET
FUSE BOX – DRIVER SIDE FC5 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / NATURAL FASCIA / DRIVER SIDE
FC6 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / BLACK
FC90 / EYELET
FC92 / EYELET
FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT LF5 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LEFT FRONT
LF6 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / BLACK
LF7 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / GREEN
LF8 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / BLUE
LF70 / EYELET
FUSE BOX – ENGINE MANAGEMENT EM19 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM20 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / BLACK
EM70 / EYELET
FUSE BOX – PASSENGER SIDE FC20 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / NATURAL FASCIA / PASSENGER SIDE
FC21 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / BLACK
FC90 / EYELET
FC93 / EYELET
FUSE BOX – TRUNK BT10 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / NATURAL TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIER
BT11 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / BLACK
BT12 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / GREEN
BT13 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / BLUE
BT64 / EYELET
HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE BT60 / EYELET TRUNK / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
BT61 / EYELET
BT62 / EYELET
BT63 / EYELET
TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE BT44 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III HC / BLACK TRUNK / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
BT49 / 1-WAY LUCAR
BT65 / EYELET
BT66 / EYELET
RELAYS
Relay Color / Stripe Connector / Color Location / Access
AUXILIARY POSITIVE RELAY BROWN BUS PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX
EMS CONTROL RELAY BROWN BUS ENGINE MANAGEMENT FUSE BOX
IGNITION POSITIVE RELAY BROWN BUS DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX
IGNITION POSITIVE RELAY BROWN BUS ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
IGNITION POSITIVE RELAY BROWN BUS TRUNK FUSE BOX
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BT2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
BT79 EYELET TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
BT80 EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FALSE BULKHEAD, RIGHT HAND SIDE
EM71 EYELET TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
FC91 EYELET TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
LF71 EYELET TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
RH2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
ST1 EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FALSE BULKHEAD, RIGHT HAND SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BT68 BATTERY GROUND STUD
BT2BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / TRUNK, RIGHT REAR
BT2BS EYELET (SINGLE) / TRUNK, RIGHT REAR
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control modules
and control module pins.
(LHD)
TRANSIT 5 3 5 3 5 3 5 3 5 3
ISOLATION DEVICE
IGNITION POSITIVE AUXILIARY POSITIVE IGNITION POSITIVE IGNITION POSITIVE EMS CONTROL
RELAY RELAY RELAY RELAY RELAY
1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5
WG II I II II E
O
RH2-20 FC14-97
1 09.2 1 07.2
5 WU I
II
FC14-15
2 07.2 2 09.1
17 WR I 3 09.2 3 09.1
I
FC14-32
4 04.3 04.6 4 14.1
5 09.2 5 09.1
RELAYS RELAYS
TRUNK FUSE BOX PASSENGER SIDE DRIVER SIDE ENGINE COMPARTMENT ENGINE MANAGEMENT
FUSE BOX FUSE BOX FUSE BOX FUSE BOX
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
FUSE BOX – DRIVER SIDE FC5 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / NATURAL FASCIA / DRIVER SIDE
FC6 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / BLACK
FC90 / EYELET
FC92 / EYELET
FUSE BOX – PASSENGER SIDE FC20 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / NATURAL FASCIA / PASSENGER SIDE
FC21 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / BLACK
FC90 / EYELET
FC93 / EYELET
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
AC12 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE FASCIA TOP CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
AC13 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
AC14 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
AC15 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
AC16 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
BT2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
BT58 4-WAY ECONOSEAL III HC / BLACK TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
DD1 23-WAY AMP – FORD / BLACK DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM
DP1 23-WAY AMP – FORD / BLACK PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
IC2 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
LF1 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
RF1 18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
RH14 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III HC / BLACK REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
RH2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
SD1 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW BELOW DRIVER SEAT
SP1 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control modules
and control module pins.
3 2
NR NR NR NR
7 11.3 12.1 12.2 30 11.3 12.3 12.4
BATTERY POWER BUS
NG NG NG #3 FC21 NW
10 14.1 -3 33 13.1
#3 30A FC6 LF1-20 LFS20 NW NW
-3
NG DP1-4 DPS2 NW
11 14.1 34 15.1
RW NW NW NW
12 18.1 35 11.1 11.2 12.1
#4 5A FC21 AC13-14 ACS3
-8
RW RW NW
13 18.1 36 11.2 11.3 15.1
#4 10A FC6 FCS39 NW NW
-8
RW DD1-4 DDS2 NW
14 18.1 37 13.1
N N NW
15 BPM 38 10.1 13.1 13.2 13.3 15.1
#5 15A FC5
-9
NR NR NR
16 06.1 09.1 09.2 12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 39 17.1
#5 5A FC20
-9
NR NR NR NW NW
17 13.2 13.3 19.1 40 07.1
#6 5A FC5 FCS19 RF1-7 NW AC12-20
-10
NR #6 10A FC20 FCS23 NW
18 13.2 13.3 -10 41 07.1
NW NW N N
19 BPM 42 11.1
#7 15A FC5 #7 20A FC20
-4 -4
NR NR N
20 11.1 43 12.3 12.4
#8 5A FC5 FCS5 N N
-7
N #8 5A FC20 SP1-5 SPS1 N
21 12.1 12.2 -7 44 12.3 12.4
NR N
NOTE: SPS1 – 3-way seat only.
#9 FC5 SD1-5 SDS6 N NR
-2 22 12.1 12.2 45 16.1 16.2
NR NR
NW (LHD) NG (RHD) NW (LHD) NG (RHD) #9 10A FC20 IC2-13 ICS5 NR
23 07.2 -2 46 16.1
#11 20A FC6 AC16-3 (LHD)
-2
AC15-2 (RHD) NG (LHD) NW (RHD) NG (LHD) NW (RHD)
47 07.2
NW NW #11 20A FC21 AC15-2 (LHD)
24 20.1 -2 AC16-3 (RHD)
#13 5A FC6
-4
#13 FC21
-4
NR NR NR N NW NW NW N
25 10.1 11.1 11.2 11.3 12.1 13.1 13.2 13.3 15.1 48 10.1 11.2 13.1 13.2 13.3 15.1
#15 25A FC5 FCS81 AC16-1 (LHD) DD1-22 #15 25A FC20 FCS82 AC15-20 (LHD) DP1-22
-3 -3
AC15-20 (RHD) AC16-1 (RHD)
NR NR NR NW NW NW
26 01.1 15.1 49 01.1 15.1
RH2-8 BT2-8 RH2-13 BT2-2
NG NG NG NG NG
27 19.1 50 BPM
NG RH14-2 BT58-2 #17 15A FC20
-1
#17 10A FC5 FCS40 NG NR
-1 28 19.1 51 10.2
NR
R R #18 10A FC20 FCS88 NR
29 08.1 -6 52 10.2
#18 5A FC5
-6
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT LF5 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LEFT FRONT
LF6 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / BLACK
LF7 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / GREEN
LF8 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / BLUE
LF70 / EYELET
FUSE BOX – ENGINE MANAGEMENT EM19 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM20 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / BLACK
EM70 / EYELET
FUSE BOX – TRUNK BT10 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / NATURAL TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIER
BT11 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / BLACK
BT12 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / GREEN
BT13 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / BLUE
BT64 / EYELET
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BT1 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
IC4 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TRUNK / LEFT OF ANTENNA ASSEMBLY
RH12 18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control modules
and control module pins.
1 4 5
RELAYS RELAYS
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.1
(COUPE) NR
53 09.2 11.3 15.2
NR
54 15.2
NR (CONV.) NR NW WG WG
55 15.2 74 13.2 80 04.1 04.2 04.4 04.5
BATTERY POWER BUS
NW NW
73 04.6
#22 20A BT10
-2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
FUSE BOX – DRIVER SIDE FC5 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / NATURAL FASCIA / DRIVER SIDE
FC6 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / BLACK
FC90 / EYELET
FC92 / EYELET
FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT LF5 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LEFT FRONT
LF6 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / BLACK
LF7 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / GREEN
LF8 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / BLUE
LF70 / EYELET
FUSE BOX – PASSENGER SIDE FC20 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / NATURAL FASCIA / PASSENGER SIDE
FC21 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / BLACK
FC90 / EYELET
FC93 / EYELET
FUSE BOX – TRUNK BT10 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / NATURAL TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIER
BT11 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / BLACK
BT12 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / GREEN
BT13 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / BLUE
BT64 / EYELET
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
AC15 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
BT1 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
EM2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
IC2 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
IC3 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
LF3 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
LF40 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
LF60 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
PI2 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
RF1 18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
RH2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control modules
and control module pins.
3 1
II II
WU WU 6 20.1
WG 32 04.6
WU WU WU 41 03.1 03.2
II
2 #2 5A LF8 LF3-13 PI2-12
I -1
WR 42 13.2
II
WR 43 09.3
G G II
22 17.1
IGNITION AUXILIARY POWER BUS
I WR
#10 5A FC21 44 09.3
-7 II
W W 23 16.1 16.2
I WR WR WR
#12 5A FC21 IC2-12 45 09.3
-10 II
WU WU 24 19.1 #3 5A LF8 LFS5 LF60-9
I -8
#14 10A FC20 WR 46 06.4
-8 II
WU WU WU NOT USED
RH12-18 BT1-13 WR WR 47 06.4
WU WU II
25 17.2 17.3 LF3-7
#16 5A FC20 FCS99 I WU WU 48 06.1
-5 II
WU 26 17.3 #4 5A LF8
I -9
W 49 03.1 03.2
WU II
27 17.3
I W W W 50 04.1 04.2 04.4 04.5
WU EMS6 II
PASSENGER SIDE 28 17.2 17.3 #5 10A LF6 LF40-10
I -2
FUSE BOX WU WU WR W 51 04.3 04.6
ICS10 WU II
IC3-11 29 17.3 LF5
I -9
52
WU II
30 17.3
NOTE: ICS10 – TV and VICS only. I 1 07.2
WU 31 17.3
I
2 09.1
RELAYS
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
FUSE BOX – ENGINE MANAGEMENT EM19 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM20 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / BLACK
EM70 / EYELET
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BT1 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
EM3 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
LF3 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
LF40 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
PI1 57-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
RH2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control modules
and control module pins.
5
E
WU 57 04.1 04.2
WU WU WU (N/A) E
WU 65 04.4
WU WU E
ENGINE MANAGEMENT
FUSE BOX
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH) FC4 / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE STEERING COLUMN
INERTIA SWITCH FC46 / 3-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ADJACENT TO LEFT HAND FASCIA FUSE BOX
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
AC13 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
BT1 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
LF60 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
RH2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
FC3BL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control modules
and control module pins.
II II II II
I I I I
WU 2 14.1
II
WU 3 13.2 13.3
III RW II
1 BPM
FC4-1 WU 4 20.1 20.2
II WU II
FCS48 FC4-5 FC4-2 WU WU WU 6 04.1 04.2 04.4 05.3 06.1 06.3 09.2
BK II
IGNITION SWITCH AC13-2
GU 7 04.1 04.2 04.4
II
FC3BL EM2-11
RG 8 BPM
GU II
RG RG RG 12 01.1
II
RH2-9 BT1-16
WR 13 01.1
I
WR WR WR 14 19.1
I
RH2-10 BT1-18
WR 15 10.2
I
WR 16 13.2 13.3
FCS20 I
WR 17 BPM
I
WR WR 18 07.1
I
AC13-1
WR 19 20.1 20.2
I
BPM
NOTE: Body Processor Module appears in
numerous Figures.
RELAYS
Relay Color / Stripe Connector / Color Location / Access
STARTER RELAY BROWN EM50 / BROWN RH ENCLOSURE RELAYS
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BT80 EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FALSE BULKHEAD, RIGHT HAND SIDE
EM1 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM3 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM60 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III HC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND LEFT INNER FENDER HEAT SHIELD
PI1 57-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
ST1 EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FALSE BULKHEAD, RIGHT HAND SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BT68 BATTERY GROUND STUD
FC3BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE
ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control modules
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. and control module pins.
FALSE BULKHEAD
STUD CONNECTOR
R R
BT61 BT80 ST1
250A x 2
R 01.1
BT62
B R
BT67 BT66 BT60 250A BT63 R 01.1
N
15 B+
FC14-80 O GO GO GO
FC14-73 EM1-15 EMS28
III RW RW I
1
FC4-1 FC14-41
II WU 02.1
FC4-3 Y D EM50
BK I WR FC14-39 NW 3 5 WR
02.1 82
FCS48 FC4-5 FC4-2 YB D
BK
IGNITION SWITCH FC14-92 49 W 1 2 GO
(III) II
FC3BL ENGINE
CRANKING
CONTROL
STARTER RELAY
LOGIC
BK BK RU RU I
FCS47 FC89-3 FC89-1 FC14-7
BK POWER
NEUTRAL SWITCH
FC3BR
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
I GO
ENGINE EM82-2
START
FUEL PUMP
CONTROL
AND IGNITION GLASS BREAKAGE
YB D SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
FC22-9
SECURITY D Y Y Y D SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE ACKNOWLEDGE
PARK, NEUTRAL
05.1
G I EM82-16 EM3-8 FCS74 FC22-17
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
EM81-12 D O O D OK TO START
OK TO START
EM82-15 EM2-18 FC22-16
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
WR WR
ST3 EM60-2
ST2 R R
6
B
41 WU ST10
II
PI50-2 STARTER MOTOR
REGULATOR
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK: CHARGE INDICATOR
08.1
Y Y Y
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
EM1-14 PI1-11 PI50-1
R B
AN3-1 AN1 ST11
B
AN3-2 AN2
GENERATOR
SUPPRESSION
MODULE
I Input Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) VARIANT: AJ27 N/A Vehicles
1 6 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 7 52 Fig. 01.2 53 92 Fig. 01.3 6
II
52
II
Fig. 01.4 53
E
67
E
Fig. 01.5 1 19
I
Fig. 02.1
O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications S SCP Network
VIN RANGE: A00116 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: September 1999
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
Fig. 03.2
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
P Pin Description Active Inactive
I FC14-7 NEUTRAL SWITCH STATUS GROUND (N) B+ (P, R, D, 4, 3, 2)
COMPONENTS
D FC14-39 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
I FC14-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST GROUND (CRANKING) B+
BATTERY BT66 / EYELET TRUNK, RIGHT HAND SIDE
O FC14-73 STARTER RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND (CRANKING) B+ BT67 / EYELET
I FC14-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+ BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 / 104-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET
D FC14-92 ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS DUAL LINEAR SWITCH FC100 / 12-WAYy / MULTILOCK 070 / GREY LEFT HAND SIDE OF GEAR SELECTOR / CENTER CONSOLE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 / 31-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM81 / 24-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM82 / 17-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
P Pin Description Active Inactive EM83 / 28-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
I EM81-12 PARK / NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION B+ (P, N) GROUND (R,D,4,3,2) EM84 / 22-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM85 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
I EM82-2 ENGINE CRANK GROUND (CRANKING)
GENERATOR AN1 / EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RIGHT FRONT
D EM82-15 OK TO START ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS AN2 / EYELET
D EM82-16 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS ST11 / EYELET
HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE BT60 / EYELET TRUNK / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE BT61 / EYELET
BT62 / EYELET
P Pin Description Active Inactive BT63 / EYELET
D FC22-9 GLASS BREAKAGE / OK TO START (ENCODED COMMUNICATION) IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH) FC4 / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE STEERING COLUMN
D FC22-16 OK TO START (ENCODED COMMUNICATION) KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE FC22 / 20-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREEN ADJACENT TO DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX
D FC22-17 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE (ENCODED COMMUNICATION) REGULATOR (GENERATOR) PI50 / 3-WAY SUMITOMO 0902 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / GENERATOR
STARTER MOTOR ST2 / EYELET ENGINE BLOCK
ST3 / EYELET
ST10 / EYELET
SUPPRESSION MODULE AN3 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC/ RED REARWARD OF RIGHT FRONT HEADLAMP
RELAYS
Relay Color / Stripe Connector / Color Location / Access
STARTER RELAY BROWN EM50 / BROWN RH ENCLOSURE RELAYS
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BT80 EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FALSE BULKHEAD, RIGHT HAND SIDE
EM1 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM3 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM60 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III HC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND LEFT INNER FENDER HEAT SHIELD
PI1 57-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
ST1 EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FALSE BULKHEAD, RIGHT HAND SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BT68 BATTERY GROUND STUD
EM1AR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM2AL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE
ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control modules
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. and control module pins.
FALSE BULKHEAD
STUD CONNECTOR
R R
BT61 BT80 ST1
250A x 2
R 01.1
BT62
B N
BT67 BT66 BT60 250A BT63 R 01.1
N
15 B+
FC14-80 O GO GO GO
FC14-73 EM1-15 EMS28
III RW RW I
1
FC4-1 FC14-41
II WU 02.1
FC4-3 Y D EM50
BK I WR FC14-39 NW 3 5 WR
02.1 82
FCS48 FC4-5 FC4-2 YR D
BK
IGNITION SWITCH FC14-92 49 W 1 2 GO
II
FC3BL (III) ENGINE
CRANKING
CONTROL
STARTER RELAY
P, N O RU RU I
LOGIC
FC100-4 FC14-7
POWER
P, N O G
BODY PROCESSOR
B B B I FC100-11 EM1-11 MODULE
EMS43 EM2-2 FC100-2
I GO
ENGINE EM82-2
START
FUEL PUMP
CONTROL
AND IGNITION
G YB GLASS BREAKAGE
I D SECURITY
EM81-12 FC22-9 ACKNOWLEDGE
SECURITY D Y Y Y D SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE ACKNOWLEDGE
EM82-16 EM3-8 FCS74 FC22-17
OK TO START D O O D OK TO START
EM82-15 EM2-18 FC22-16
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE WR WR
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
ST3 EM60-2
ST2 R R
6
B
41 WU ST10
II
PI50-2 STARTER MOTOR
REGULATOR
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK: CHARGE INDICATOR
08.1
Y Y Y
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
EM1-14 PI1-11 PI50-1
R B
AN3-1 AN1 ST11
B
AN3-2 AN2
GENERATOR
SUPPRESSION
MODULE
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network Messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE
ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control modules
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. and control module pins.
67 W U A B A B A B IATS A B A B
O
E EM64-2 EM64-1 EM85-05
υ υ
53 WR B+
υ U U λ λ
E
EM81-17
54 WR B+
E LF58 -2 -1 PI31 -1 -2 PI32 -1 -2 PI17 -2 -1 PI4 -2 -1 PI38 -1 -2 PI35 -2 -3 -1 -5 -4
EM82-13
GW
WU
BW
BG
WU
RW
OG
RG
PI16 -1 -2 PI15 -2 -1 PI26 -1 -2 PI27 -1 -2 EM21 -3 -4 -1 -2 EM23 -3 -4 -1 -2 EM22 -4 -3 -1 -2 EM24 -4 -3 -1 -2
OY
UY
50 W
O
B+
II
YG
BG
BG
UY
EM82-09
PIS10
BRD
BRD
BRD
BRD
BRD
NR
83 B+
O
LF3-8 PI2 PI1 PI2 PI1
N
B
WG
WG
WG
WG
N
Y
BW
BW
BRD
BRD
BRD
BRD
UY
UY
RU
EM83-20 60 57
W
-8 -16 -10 -27
U
BRAKE SWITCH
G
R
N
Y
UY E E
O EM80-01
6 WU OG OG OG OG I O EM80-02
O PI1 -22 -23 -21 PI2 -1 -3 -2 PI1 -25 -26 -24 PI1 -17 -18 PI1 -19 -20 PI1 -5 PI2 -9
II FCS35 G EMS18
YG
UY
BRD
BRD
BRD
BRD
BRD
AC24-4 AC24-1 AC13-3 EM1-8 EM82-08 O EM80-04 PI1 -54 -56 -52 -31 -57
N
B
N
Y
GW
BW
BW
G EMS8
BG
O EM80-05
O
O EM80-06
R EMS19
OY OY I O EM80-07
R
FC19 EM2-13 EM81-22 I EM80-15
YG EMS9
RG
EM83-14
OY
BG
ECM PROGRAMMING 20.1
U D EM83-17
O
EM80-27 I EM83-18
B
I EM83-19
G EM1 -10 -4 -9
GW U
RG
BG
OY
B+ I EM83-21
EM16 EM80-08 I EM83-22
N
NG 3 5 GW GW N BRD
88 B+ I EM83-23
EMS20 EM80-09 O EM83-26
BW RH1 -8 -10 -9 EMS3
62 WU 1 2 GR BW
O O EM83-27
E GW
EM82-06 I EM83-28
R PI1 -50 -49 -51 PI1 -14 -3 -4 -1
OY
RG
BG
OY
POWER RELAY O EM84-15
UY 58
BK O O O E
I PI2-13 PI2-7 PI2-6
PIS9
BK EM80-29 RU
BRD
I O EM85-01 EM3-7 RH2-18 BT1-6
BG
BRD
BT2 -3 -5 -4
OY
R
K
BG
B UY
WU
EM81-21
OY
G
RU
U
BK
O
G
I EM85-02
R
B WG
RG
EM80-03
OY
BG
I I EM85-08 59 PI2-11
B EM80-21
I
E
PI29 PI29 PI29 PI33 PI33 PI42 PI42 PI42 PI42
B EM80-31
I -3 -1 -2 -1 -2 -4 -2 -1 -3 PI6 -4 -3 -2 -1
B EM85-07 FT1 -3 -1 -2
WU
I BK
O
B EM81-08
RG
BG
OY
I
B EM84-01
I
B EM84-16
I BT14 -1 -2 FT2 -3 -2 -1
EMS38
B EM84-22
I
EM85-06
BK
BK EMS38
B EMS37
B EMS36 ENGINE CONTROL EM1BR AIR ASSIST THROTTLE
EM1BR EM1AL EM1AR MODULE CLOSE VALVE MOTOR
(CONTINUED Fig. 04.3) PPS/1 PPS/2 TPS/1 TPS/2
I Input Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) VARIANT: AJ27 N/A NAS Vehicles
1 6 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 7 52 Fig. 01.2 53 92 Fig. 01.3 6
II
52
II
Fig. 01.4 53
E
67
E
Fig. 01.5 1 19
I
Fig. 02.1
O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications S SCP Network
VIN RANGE: A00116 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: September 1999
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
Fig. 04.2
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
P Pin Description Active Inactive
O EM80-01 EVAP VALVE ACTIVATE GROUND (VALVE OPEN) B+
COMPONENTS
I EM80-03 GROUND (POWER) GROUND GROUND Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
O EM80-04 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
AIR ASSIST CLOSE VALVE PI29 / 3-WAY SUMITOMO SS / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
O EM80-05 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O EM80-06 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND BRAKE SWITCH AC24 / 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
O EM80-07 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND CKPS: CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR PI17 / 3-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE / REAR OF BED PLATE
I EM80-08 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND CMPS: CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR – A BANK PI16 / 2-WAY YAZAKI 090 / BLACK ‘A’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, REAR
I EM80-09 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND CMPS: CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR – B BANK PI15 / 2-WAY YAZAKI 090 / BLACK ‘B’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, REAR
I EM80-15 EOT FEEDBACK 2.5 V @ 34 °C; 0.5 V @ 90 °C; (DECREASING VOLTAGE WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE) ECM AND TCM COOLING FAN EM64 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
D EM80-17 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS ECTS: ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR PI4 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL E J2 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REAR OF ENGINE TOP HOSE
D EM80-18 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 / 31-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
D EM80-19 ECM PROGRAMMING EM81 / 24-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
I EM80-21 GROUND (THROTTLE MOTOR 1) GROUND GROUND EM82 / 17-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
D EM80-27 ECM PROGRAMMING EM83 / 28-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM84 / 22-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
I EM80-29 GROUND (LOGIC 2) GROUND GROUND
EM85 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
I EM80-31 GROUND (THROTTLE MOTOR 2) GROUND GROUND
EOTS: ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR PI38 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL EC J2 / GREY ENGINE BLOACK / BELOW GENERATOR
O EM81-01 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID + ‘A’ BANK B+ (12% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) (INCREASING WITH ADVANCE) GROUND
EVAPP: EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL VALVE LF58 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL J2 / BLACK BEHIND LEFT HAND WHEEL ARCH LINER
O EM81-02 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID – ‘A’ BANK GROUND GROUND
HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR – A DOWNSTREAM EM22 / 2-WAY SUMITOMO 090 II / BLACK ‘A’ BANK CATALYTIC CONVERTER
O EM81-03 EMS CONTROLLED RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O EM81-06 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID + ‘B’ BANK B+ (12% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) (INCREASING WITH ADVANCE) GROUND HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR – A UPSTREAM EM21 / 4-WAY SUMITOMO 090 II / GREY ‘A’ BANK CATALYTIC CONVERTER
O EM81-07 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID – ‘B’ BANK GROUND GROUND HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR – B DOWNSTREAM EM24 / 2-WAY SUMITOMO 090 II / BLACK ‘B’ BANK CATALYTIC CONVERTER
I EM81-08 GROUND (POWER) GROUND GROUND HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR – B UPSTREAM EM23 / 4-WAY SUMITOMO 090 II / GREY ‘B’ BANK CATALYTIC CONVERTER
I EM81-09 PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK (PPS/1) 0.6 V = FOOT OFF; 3.8 V = PEDAL FULLY DEPRESSED KS: KNOCK SENSOR – A BANK PI26 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE VEE / UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
I EM81-10 TPS FEEDBACK (TPS/1) 0.5 V = IDLE; 4.75 V = WOT KS: KNOCK SENSOR – B BANK PI27 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE VEE / UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
I EM81-12 PARK / NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION B+ (P, N) GROUND (R,D,4,3,2) MAFS: MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR PI35 / 5-WAY YAZAKI 0902 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER
I EM81-17 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 1 B+ 0V PARKING BRAKE SWITCH FC19 / 1-WAY LUCAR POSILOCK / BLACK BELOW PARKING BRAKE LEVER
I EM81-18 PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK (PPS/2) 0.8 V = FOOT OFF; 2.4 V = PEDAL FULLY DEPRESSED PPS: PEDAL POSITION SENSORS PI42 / 5-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
I EM81-19 TPS FEEDBACK (TPS/2) 0.6 V = IDLE; 4.85 V = WOT THROTTLE MOTOR PI33 / 2-WAY SUMITOMO HM250 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
I EM81-21 GROUND (LOGIC 1) GROUND GROUND
TPS: THROTTLE POSITION SENSORS PI6 / 4-WAY ECONOSEAL J2T / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
I EM81-22 PARKING BRAKE SWITCH GROUND (APPLIED) B+
VVT SOLENOID VALVE: VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID VALVE – A PI31 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ‘A’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, FRONT
SG EM81-24 PEDAL POSITION / THROTTLE POSITION SENSORS SHIELD GROUND GROUND
VVT SOLENOID VALVE: VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID VALVE – B PI32 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ‘B’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, FRONT
O EM82-01 SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE 1 5V 5V
I EM82-02 ENGINE CRANK GROUND (CRANKING)
I EM82-04 HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘A’ BANK – VARIABLE CURRENT (µA) 3.5 V
I EM82-05 HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK – VARIABLE CURRENT (µA) 3.5 V
RELAYS
O EM82-06 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+ Relay Color / Stripe Connector / Color Location / Access
SG EM82-07 SENSORS SIGNAL GROUND 1 GROUND GROUND
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY BROWN EM16 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS
I EM82-08 BRAKE SWITCH GROUND B+
O2S HEATERS RELAY BROWN EM61 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS
I EM82-09 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
SG EM82-10 HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘A’ BANK – CONSTANT 3.8 V
SG EM82-11 HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK – CONSTANT 3.8 V
I EM82-12 INERTIA SWITCH ACTIVATED (VEHICLE IMPACT) GROUND B+
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
I EM82-13 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 2 B+ 0V
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
I EM82-14 ECT FEEDBACK 0.41 V @ 90 °C (DECREASING VOLTAGE WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE)
D EM82-15 OK TO START ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS AC13 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
D EM82-16 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS EM1 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
I EM82-17 IATS FEEDBACK 0.98 V @ 10 °C (DECREASING VOLTAGE WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE) EM2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
O EM83-03 AIR ASSIST CLOSE VALVE ACTIVATE 8 V @ IDLE (78% DUTY CYCLE) LF3 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
O EM83-05 SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE 2 5V 5V PI1 57-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
SG EM83-06 SENSOR SHIELD GROUND GROUND PI2 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
SG EM83-07 CKPS SIGNAL GROUND GROUND GROUND
I EM83-08 CKPS SIGNAL 5 V @ 1000 RPM = 45 Hz; 2000 RPM = 90 Hz
SG EM83-09 CMPS, ‘A’ BANK SIGNAL GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUNDS
SG EM83-12 HO2S SHIELD GROUND GROUND
SG EM83-13 SENSORS SIGNAL GROUND 2 GROUND GROUND Ground Location / Type
I EM83-14 KNOCK SENSOR, ‘A’ BANK FEEDBACK 0 kHz = NO KNOCK, 2 – 20 kHz = KNOCK EM1AL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
C EM83-15 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz EM1AR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
C EM83-16 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz EM1BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
SG EM83-17 CMPS, ‘B’ BANK SIGNAL GROUND GROUND GROUND
EM2AL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
I EM83-18 CMPS, ‘B’ BANK SIGNAL 0.7 – 1 VAC @ 1000 RPM = 43 Hz; 2000 RPM = 72 Hz
EM2AR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
I EM83-19 CMPS, ‘A’ BANK SIGNAL 0.7 – 1 VAC @ 1000 RPM = 43 Hz; 2000 RPM = 72 Hz
EM2BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
I EM83-20 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
I EM83-21 HO2S, ‘A’ BANK DOWNSTREAM 0.1 – 0.9 V @ IDLE (SWING)
I EM83-22 HO2S, ‘B’ BANK DOWNSTREAM 0.1 – 0.9 V @ IDLE (SWING)
I EM83-23 KNOCK SENSOR, ‘B’ BANK FEEDBACK 0 kHz = NO KNOCK, 2 – 20 kHz = KNOCK FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
C EM83-24 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
C EM83-25 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
O EM83-26 MAFS REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND
O EM83-27 MAFS REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND
I EM83-28 MAFS FEEDBACK 1.2 V @ IDLE, INCREASING WITH RPM INCREASE
I EM84-01 GROUND (DOWNSTREAM HO2S HEATERS) GROUND GROUND
O EM84-07 HO2S HEATER, ‘A’ BANK DOWNSTREAM CONTROL GROUND (20 – 60% DUTY CYCLE) B+
O EM84-15 HO2S HEATER, ‘B’ BANK DOWNSTREAM CONTROL GROUND (20 – 60% DUTY CYCLE) B+
I EM84-16 GROUND (INJECTORS 1A, 2B, 3B, 4A) GROUND GROUND
I EM84-22 GROUND (INJECTORS 1B, 2A, 3A, 4B) GROUND GROUND
O EM85-01 HO2S HEATER, ‘A’ BANK UPSTREAM CONTROL GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE AT IDLE) B+
O EM85-02 HO2S HEATER, ‘B’ BANK UPSTREAM CONTROL GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE AT IDLE) B+
O EM85-05 “COOL BOX” COOLING FAN ACTIVATE GROUND B+
I EM85-06 GROUND (HO2S A UPSTREAM HEATER) GROUND GROUND
I EM85-07 GROUND (HO2S B UPSTREAM HEATER) GROUND GROUND
I EM85-08 HO2S HEATERS OBD MONITOR HEATERS ACTIVE = B+ V
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network Messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE
ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control modules
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. and control module pins.
67 W U A B A B A B IATS A B A B
O
E EM64-2 EM64-1 EM85-05
υ υ
53 WR B+
υ U U λ λ
E
EM81-17
54 WR B+
E LF58 -2 -1 PI31 -1 -2 PI32 -1 -2 PI17 -2 -1 PI4 -2 -1 PI38 -1 -2 PI35 -2 -3 -1 -5 -4
EM82-13
GW
WU
BW
BG
WU
RW
OG
RG
PI16 -1 -2 PI15 -2 -1 PI26 -1 -2 PI27 -1 -2 EM21 -3 -4 -1 -2 EM23 -3 -4 -1 -2 EM22 -4 -3 -1 -2 EM24 -4 -3 -1 -2
OY
UY
50 W
O
B+
II
BG
YG
BG
UY
EM82-09
PIS10
BRD
BRD
BRD
BRD
BRD
NR
83 B+
O
LF3-8 PI2 PI1 PI2 PI1
N
B
WG
WG
WG
WG
N
Y
BW
BW
BRD
BRD
BRD
BRD
RU
UY
UY
EM83-20 60 57
W
BRAKE SWITCH -8 -16 -10 -27
U
R
N
Y
E E
6 WU OG OG OG OG I O EM80-01
UY PI1 -22 -23 -21 PI2 -1 -3 -2 PI1 -25 -26 -24 PI1 -17 -18 PI1 -19 -20 PI1 -5 PI2 -9
II FCS35 O
YG
UY
BRD
BRD
BRD
BRD
BRD
AC24-4 AC24-1 AC13-3 EM1-8 EM82-08 O EM80-04 PI1 -54 -56 -52 -31 -57
N
B
N
Y
GW
BW
BW
G EMS8
BG
NOTE: FCS56 – TV vehicles only. O EM80-05
O
EMS18
O EM80-06
R
OY OY OY I O EM80-07
R
EMS19
FC19 FCS56 EM2-13 EM81-22 I EM80-15
YG EMS9
EMS46
PARKING BRAKE
SWITCH O EM81-01
OY
O EM81-02
RW
APPLIED ONLY WHEN THE 7 GU I O EM81-06
OG
INERTIA SWITCH IS ACTIVATED II
EM82-12 O EM81-07
RG
I EM81-09
K EM61
EMS CONTROL RELAY U O I U WG 5 3 WG
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) 01.1 EM81-10 80
EM81-03 I EM81-18
R
ENGINE CRANK 03.1
GO I I EM81-19
G B 2 1 WU 64
BG E
EM82-02 EM81-24
EMS36
OK TO START 03.1
O D
EM82-15 O EM82-01
OY B O2S HEATERS
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE 03.1
Y D I EM82-04
R RELAY
EM82-16 I EM82-05
G EM1AR
(EM2AR)
PARK, NEUTRAL
05.1
G I EM82-07
BG
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
EM81-12 EM82-10
Y
CAN 20.1
G C– EM82-11
W
EM83-15 I EM82-14
UY
CAN 20.1
G C– I EM82-17
O
EM83-16 G
CAN 20.1
Y C+ O EM83-03
RU
EM83-24 O EM83-05
OY OY
CAN 20.1
Y C+ EM83-06
BG EMS1
EM83-25 EM83-07
P
SERIAL COMMUNICATION 20.1
O D I EM83-08
Y
EM80-17 EM83-09
N
SERIAL COMMUNICATION 20.1
W D EM83-12
BR BG
EM80-18 EM83-13
BG BG BG
ECM PROGRAMMING 20.1
W D I EM83-14
S EMS2 PI1-6 PIS1 BG
EM80-19 EM83-17
O
ECM PROGRAMMING 20.1
U D I EM83-18
B
EM80-27 I EM83-19
G
I EM83-21
U
GW B+ I EM83-22
N
EM16 EM80-08 I EM83-23
N
NG 3 5 GW GW O BW BRD
88 B+ EM83-26
EMS20 EM80-09 O EM83-27
BW EMS3
62 WU 1 2 GR O I EM83-28
GW
E R
EM82-06
O EM84-07
U PI1 -50 -49 -51 PI1 -14 -3 -4 -1
O UY
THROTTLE MOTOR EM84-15
OY
POWER RELAY 58
BK RU E
I O EM85-01 PI2-13 PI2-7 PI2-6
PIS9
BK EM80-29 UY
BRD
I O EM85-02
BG
BRD
OY
R
K
BG
B WG
WU
EM81-21
OY
G
RU
U
BK
G
I I EM85-08
R
B EM80-03
I PI2-11
B EM80-21
I PI29 PI29 PI29 PI33 PI33 PI42 PI42 PI42 PI42
B EM80-31
I -3 -1 -2 -1 -2 -4 -2 -1 -3 PI6 -4 -3 -2 -1
B EM85-07
I BK
B EM81-08
I
B EM84-01
I
B EM84-16
I EMS38
B EM84-22
I
EM85-06
BK
BK EMS38
B EMS37
B EMS36 ENGINE CONTROL EM1BR
AIR ASSIST THROTTLE
MODULE (EM2BR)
EM1BR EM1AL EM1AR CLOSE VALVE MOTOR
(EM2BR) (EM2AL) (EM2AR) (CONTINUED Fig. 04.3) PPS/1 PPS/2 TPS/1 TPS/2
THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
I Input Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) VARIANT: AJ27 N/A ROW Vehicles
1 6 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 7 52 Fig. 01.2 53 92 Fig. 01.3 6
II
52
II
Fig. 01.4 53
E
67
E
Fig. 01.5 1 19
I
Fig. 02.1
O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications S SCP Network
VIN RANGE: A00116 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: September 1999
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
Fig. 04.3
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE
P Pin Description Active Inactive
I AC1-1 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH STATUS B+ (ON) 0V
COMPONENTS
O AC3-1 AIR CONDITIONING ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL B+ 0V Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
I AC4-7 LOAD INHIBIT 0V B+
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH PI36 / 1-WAY SUMITOMO 090 A-TYPE / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / A/C COMPRESSOR
O AC4-9 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH ON REQUEST B+ 0V
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE AC1 / 26-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY A/C UNIT / RIGHT HAND SIDE
I AC4-17 REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH 0 V (2 – 30 BAR) B+ (OUT OF ACTIVE RANGE) AC2 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
AC3 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE AC4 / 22-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH AC24 / 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
P Pin Description Active Inactive SPEED CONTROL ON / OFF SWITCH FC63 / 10-WAY AMP MQL / NATURAL REARWARD OF GEAR SELECTOR
I EM80-10 REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH HIGH PRESSURE GROUND @ 20 BAR (290 PSI) SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) SW3 / 3-WAY EPC / BLACK CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
I EM80-11 A/CCM COMPRESSOR CLUTCH REQUEST B+ GROUND ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 / 31-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
O EM80-12 ELECTRICAL LOAD INHIBIT GROUND B+ EM81 / 24-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
O EM80-16 CRUISE CONTROL ON STATUS LED GROUND B+ EM82 / 17-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM83 / 28-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
D EM80-17 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS EM84 / 22-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
D EM80-18 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS EM85 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
D EM80-19 ECM PROGRAMMING FUEL INJECTOR – 1A PI7 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
I EM80-20 CRUISE CONTROL BRAKE CANCEL REQUEST GROUND B+ FUEL INJECTOR – 1B PI11 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
I EM80-22 REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH HIGH PRESSURE GROUND @ 12 BAR (174 PSI) FUEL INJECTOR – 2A PI8 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
I EM80-23 A/CCM ELECTRICAL LOAD REQUEST (HEATED WINDSHIELD) B+ GROUND FUEL INJECTOR – 2B PI12 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
O EM80-25 AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+ FUEL INJECTOR – 3A PI9 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
O EM81-04 PARALLEL (HIGH) SPEED FAN ACTIVATE GROUND B+ FUEL INJECTOR – 3B PI13 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
O EM81-05 SERIES (LOW) SPEED FAN ACTIVATE GROUND B+ FUEL INJECTOR – 4A PI10 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
I EM81-13 CRUISE CONTROL ON REQUEST B+ GROUND FUEL INJECTOR – 4B PI14 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
I EM81-14 CRUISE CONTROL SET +/- 7.3 V = (+), 8.8 V = (–)B+ FUEL PUMP FT3 / 4-WAY SUMITOMO DL090 / NATURAL TRUNK / TOP OF FUEL TANK
I EM81-15 CRUISE CONTROL CANCEL / RESUME 7.3 V = RESUME, 8.8 V = CANCEL B+ FUSE BOX – TRUNK BT10 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / NATURAL TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIER
I EM83-04 FUEL PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+ BT11 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / BLACK
I EM83-10 IGNITION MODULES 1A, 2B, 3B, 4A OBD MONITOR 23 Hz @ IDLE (5 V) BT12 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / GREEN
BT13 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / BLUE
I EM83-11 IGNITION MODULES 1B, 2A, 3A, 4B OBD MONITOR 23 Hz @ IDLE (5 V) BT64 / EYELET
O EM84-02 INJECTOR 1A ACTIVATE GROUND B+ IGNITION COIL – 1A PI51 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
O EM84-03 INJECTOR 3B ACTIVATE GROUND B+ IGNITION COIL – 1B PI55 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
O EM84-04 INJECTOR 2B ACTIVATE GROUND B+ IGNITION COIL – 2A PI52 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
O EM84-05 INJECTOR 4A ACTIVATE GROUND B+ IGNITION COIL – 2B PI56 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
O EM84-06 INJECTOR 1B ACTIVATE GROUND B+ IGNITION COIL – 3A PI53 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
O EM84-09 IGNITION MODULE 4A SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+ IGNITION COIL – 3B PI57 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
O EM84-10 IGNITION MODULE 3A SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+ IGNITION COIL – 4A PI54 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
O EM84-11 IGNITION MODULE 2A SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+ IGNITION COIL – 4B PI58 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
O EM84-12 IGNITION MODULE 1A SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+ RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE LF9 / 8-WAY TRW / BLACK ADJACENT TO LEFT HAND HORN
I EM84-13 INJECTOR 4B ACTIVATE GROUND B+ RADIATOR FAN – LH LF13 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN METRI 630 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FRONT
I EM84-14 INJECTOR 3A ACTIVATE GROUND B+ RADIATOR FAN – RH LF12 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN METRI 630 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FRONT
O EM84-17 IGNITION MODULE 4B SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+ REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH LF57 / 6-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF RADIATOR
O EM84-18 IGNITION MODULE 3B SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+
O EM84-19 IGNITION MODULE 2B SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+
O EM84-20 IGNITION MODULE 1B SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+ RELAYS
O EM84-21 INJECTOR 2A ACTIVATE GROUND B+
Relay Color / Stripe Connector / Color Location / Access
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY BROWN EM17 LH ENCLOSURE RELAYS
FUEL INJECTION RELAY BROWN EM5 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS
FUEL PUMP RELAY (#4) BROWN BUS TRUNK FUSE BOX
IGNITION COIL RELAY BROWN EM26 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
AC12 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE FASCIA TOP CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
AC13 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
BT2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
EM1 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM3 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
FT1 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE FUEL TANK / REAR
LF3 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
LF40 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
PI1 57-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
PI2 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
RH1 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY BEHIND GLOVE BOX
SC3 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN
SW1 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWL
SW2 6-WAY JST / WHITE CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BT2AL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / TRUNK, RIGHT REAR
EM1AL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM1AR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM2AL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM2AR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
FC3BL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
LF2AL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH
LF2AR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data LF2BL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE
ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control modules
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. and control module pins.
EM17
RG 5 3 NG
87
EMS26
RW 2 1 WU 63
RG RG RG E
AC1-01 I
EM2-6 UY AC12-13 UY AC4-09 O NG OG
EM1-3 U AC12-12 U 75
AC4-07 I LF12-2 LF12-1 LF9-2 AIR CONDITIONING
EM1-13 UY AC13-9 UY AC3-01 O COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY
EM2-12 RU (U*) AC12-19 U RH RADIATOR FAN
AC4-17 I
EM2-14 AC12-14 W GU (W*) WU 55
LF9-9 LF9-8 E RG RG B
LF40-6
* NOTE: Early production vehicles.
3 5 NW PI1-13 PI36-1
1
#7 20A BT11-1
AIR CONDITIONING B OY NG
76
37 1 2 WR CONTROL MODULE LF13-1 LF13-2 LF9-5 LF9-3 AIR CONDITIONING
II BT11-10 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
LF2AL
LH RADIATOR FAN
BT2
P SPEED CONTROL SWITCH
FUEL PUMP RELAY (#4)
-6 WU WU
2–30 BAR RG DIMMER
U U BK LF40-7 LF9-7 10.2
TRUNK FUSE BOX OVERRIDE
WR
FC63
LF3-6 LF57-5 LF57-2 270 Ω 510 Ω -10
20 BAR * NOTE: Early production vehicles. YU
WU WU B
LF2BL FC63
LF40-9 LF57-1 LF9-1 -7
RH1
-11 12 BAR WU WG 12
Y Y RG 9 FC63 FC63 II
ON / OFF
WR
II -9 -8
LF40-11 LF57-3 LF57-4 LF2AR RADIATOR FAN CONTROL
NOTE: Refer to Fig. 07.1 and
I EM80-10
WU Fig. 07.2 for complete A/C circuits. RELAY MODULE
REFRIGERANT
I EM80-11
UY 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH 680 Ω
O EM80-12
U YU CASSETTE
O EM80-16
YU EM3-4 YR YR DECEL BO
U U U WU WU SW1 SW2-4 SW3-3 430 Ω SW3-4
I EM80-20 -4
I EM80-22
Y EM3-6 AC13-15 AC24-2 AC24-3 AC13-16 FCS71
SET / ACCEL
I EM80-23
UY
BRAKE CANCEL 680 Ω
O EM80-25
RW SWITCH SC3-4 CASSETTE
EM2 YG YG CANCEL BO
WU -9
SC3-3 SW1 SW2-3 SW3-1 430 Ω SW3-2 SWS1
O EM81-04 -3
O EM81-05
W CASSETTE RESUME
I EM81-13
WU WU WU BO BO BO
YR YR EM3-3 YR SW1
I EM81-14 BK FCS48 SC3-12
-6
SW2-6 SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES
YG YG EM3-2 YG
I EM81-15
EM3-1 STEERING WHEEL
FC3BL
O EM83-04
WR
PI1-2
I EM83-10
YG YG PIS11 YG
I EM83-11
YG YG YG
PI1-29 YG
O EM84-02
BG YG
O EM84-03
BO YG RW
O EM84-04
BW YG PIS5
O EM84-05
BW PIS12 YG
PI1-53
O EM84-06
BW YG
O EM84-09
GW EM26
O GO RW 5 3 NW
EM84-10 92
O EM84-11
GR
O EM84-12
GU B 2 1 WU 61
BR E
O EM84-13 EMS37
O EM84-14
BG
B
O GU
EM84-17 IGNITION COIL
O EM84-18
GO EM1AL RELAY
(EM2AL)
O EM84-19
GW
O EM84-20
GB
O EM84-21
BO
PI1-40 PI1-42 PI1-41 PI1-39 PI1-46 PI1-45 PI1-44 PI1-43
EM5
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE NW 3 5 BR BR
86
PI2-5 PIS2
51 W 1 2 B
NW II EMS31
FT3-2 FT1-4
B
PI1-30 PI1-32 PI1-33 PI1-34 PI1-35 PI1-36 PI1-37 PI1-38
FUEL FUEL INJECTION
GW
GO
GU
GR
GU
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
GO
GB
GW
YG
YG
YG
YG
YG
YG
YG
YG
PUMP EM2AR
B
BW
BW
BW
RELAY
BG
BO
BG
BO
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
(EM1AR)
B
FT1-5 PI51 -3 -2 -4 -1 PI56 -3 -2 -4 -1 PI57 -3 -2 -4 -1 PI54 -3 -2 -4 -1 PI55 -3 -2 -4 -1 PI52 -3 -2 -4 -1 PI53 -3 -2 -4 -1 PI58 -3 -2 -4 -1
FT3-1
PI7-2 -1 PI8-2 -1 PI9-2 -1 PI10-2 -1 PI11-2 -1 PI12-2 -1 PI13-2 -1 PI14-2 -1 PIS13
FUEL TANK B
BT2AL PI1-55
B
EMS31
B
EM2AR
NOTE: ECM power supplies and grounds (EM1AR)
shown on Fig. 04.1 and Fig. 04.2. 1A 2A 3A 4A 1B 2B 3B 4B 1A 2B 3B 4A 1B 2A 3A 4B
FUEL INJECTORS IGNITION COILS
I Input Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) VARIANT: AJ27 N/A Vehicles
1 6 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 7 52 Fig. 01.2 53 92 Fig. 01.3 6
II
52
II
Fig. 01.4 53
E
67
E
Fig. 01.5 1 19
I
Fig. 02.1
O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications S SCP Network
VIN RANGE: A00116 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: September 1999
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
Fig. 04.4
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
P Pin Description Active Inactive
O EM80-01 EVAP VALVE ACTIVATE GROUND (VALVE OPEN) B+
COMPONENTS
O EM80-02 CANISTER CLOSE VALVE ACTIVATE GROUND B+ Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
I EM80-03 GROUND (POWER) GROUND GROUND
BRAKE SWITCH AC24 / 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
O EM80-04 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O EM80-05 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND CCV: CANISTER CLOSE VALVE BT14 / 2-WAY YAZAKI 090 / BLACK BEHIND REAR AXLE / RIGHT HAND SIDE
O EM80-06 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND CKPS: CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR PI17 / 3-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE / REAR OF BED PLATE
O EM80-07 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND CMPS: CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR – A BANK PI16 / 2-WAY YAZAKI 090 / BLACK ‘A’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, REAR
I EM80-08 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND CMPS: CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR – B BANK PI15 / 2-WAY YAZAKI 090 / BLACK ‘B’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, REAR
I EM80-09 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND ECM AND TCM COOLING FAN EM64 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
I EM80-15 EOT FEEDBACK 2.5 V @ 34 °C; 0.5 V @ 90 °C; (DECREASING VOLTAGE WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE) ECTS: ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR PI4 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL E J2 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REAR OF ENGINE TOP HOSE
D EM80-17 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS EGR VALVE PI34 / 6-WAY / SUMITOMOM 92 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REAR OF THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
D EM80-18 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 / 31-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
D EM80-19 ECM PROGRAMMING EM81 / 24-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
I EM80-21 GROUND (THROTTLE MOTOR 1) GROUND GROUND EM82 / 17-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
D EM80-27 ECM PROGRAMMING EM83 / 28-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM84 / 22-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
I EM80-28 MAPS FEEDBACK 1.2 V = IDLE; 3.6 V = ENGINE SWITCHED OFF
EM85 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
I EM80-29 GROUND (LOGIC 2) GROUND GROUND
EOTS: ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR PI38 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL EC J2 / GREY ENGINE BLOACK / BELOW GENERATOR
I EM80-31 GROUND (THROTTLE MOTOR 2) GROUND GROUND
EVAPP: EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL VALVE LF58 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL J2 / BLACK BEHIND LEFT HAND WHEEL ARCH LINER
O EM81-03 EMS CONTROLLED RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+
I EM81-08 GROUND (POWER) GROUND GROUND FTPS: FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR FT2 / 3-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK TRUNK / FUEL TANK EVAPORATIVE FLANGE
I EM81-09 PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK (PPS/1) 0.6 V = FOOT OFF; 3.8 V = PEDAL FULLY DEPRESSED HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR – A DOWNSTREAM EM22 / 2-WAY SUMITOMO 090 II / BLACK ‘A’ BANK CATALYTIC CONVERTER
I EM81-10 TPS FEEDBACK (TPS/1) 0.5 V = IDLE; 4.75 V = WOT HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR – A UPSTREAM EM21 / 4-WAY SUMITOMO 090 II / GREY ‘A’ BANK CATALYTIC CONVERTER
I EM81-12 PARK / NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION B+ (P, N) GROUND (R,D,4,3,2) HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR – B DOWNSTREAM EM24 / 2-WAY SUMITOMO 090 II / BLACK ‘B’ BANK CATALYTIC CONVERTER
I EM81-16 FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR FEEDBACK 4.9 V = LOW PRESSURE, 0.2 V = HIGH PRESSURE HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR – B UPSTREAM EM23 / 4-WAY SUMITOMO 090 II / GREY ‘B’ BANK CATALYTIC CONVERTER
I EM81-17 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 1 B+ 0V IATS 2: INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 PI3 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ‘A’ BANK INTERCOOLER / REAR
I EM81-18 PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK (PPS/2) 0.8 V = FOOT OFF; 2.4 V = PEDAL FULLY DEPRESSED KS: KNOCK SENSOR – A BANK PI26 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE VEE / UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
I EM81-19 TPS FEEDBACK (TPS/2) 0.6 V = IDLE; 4.85 V = WOT KS: KNOCK SENSOR – B BANK PI27 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE VEE / UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
I EM81-21 GROUND (LOGIC 1) GROUND GROUND MAFS: MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR PI35 / 5-WAY YAZAKI 0902 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER
I EM81-22 PARKING BRAKE SWITCH GROUND (APPLIED) B+
MAPS: MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR EM10 / 3-WAY SUMITOMO / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
I EM81-23 IATS 2 FEEDBACK 2.38 V @ 20 °C, (DECREASING VOLTAGE WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE)
PPS: PEDAL POSITION SENSORS PI42 / 5-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
SG EM81-24 PEDAL POSITION / THROTTLE POSITION SENSORS SHIELD GROUND GROUND
THROTTLE MOTOR PI33 / 2-WAY SUMITOMO HM250 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
O EM82-01 SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE 1 5V 5V
TPS: THROTTLE POSITION SENSORS PI6 / 4-WAY ECONOSEAL J2T / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
I EM82-02 ENGINE CRANK GROUND (CRANKING)
I EM82-04 HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘A’ BANK – VARIABLE CURRENT (µA) 3.5 V
I EM82-05 HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK – VARIABLE CURRENT (µA) 3.5 V
O EM82-06 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+
RELAYS
SG EM82-07 SENSORS SIGNAL GROUND 1 GROUND GROUND Relay Color / Stripe Connector / Color Location / Access
I EM82-08 BRAKE SWITCH GROUND B+
O2S HEATERS RELAY BROWN EM61 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS
I EM82-09 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
SG EM82-10 HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘A’ BANK – CONSTANT 3.8 V THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY BROWN EM16 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS
SG EM82-11 HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK – CONSTANT 3.8 V
I EM82-12 INERTIA SWITCH ACTIVATED (VEHICLE IMPACT) GROUND B+
I EM82-13 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 2 B+ 0V HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
I EM82-14 ECT FEEDBACK 0.41 V @ 90 °C (DECREASING VOLTAGE WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE)
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
D EM82-15 OK TO START ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
D EM82-16 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS AC13 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
I EM82-17 IATS FEEDBACK 0.98 V @ 10 °C (DECREASING VOLTAGE WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE) BT1 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
O EM83-05 SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE 2 5V 5V BT2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
SG EM83-06 SENSOR SHIELD GROUND GROUND EM1 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
SG EM83-07 CKPS SIGNAL GROUND GROUND GROUND EM2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
I EM83-08 CKPS SIGNAL 5 V @ 1000 RPM = 45 Hz; 2000 RPM = 90 Hz EM3 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
SG EM83-09 CMPS, ‘A’ BANK SIGNAL GROUND GROUND GROUND FT1 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE FUEL TANK / REAR
SG EM83-12 HO2S SHIELD GROUND GROUND LF3 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
SG EM83-13 SENSORS SIGNAL GROUND 2 GROUND GROUND PI1 57-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
I EM83-14 KNOCK SENSOR, ‘A’ BANK FEEDBACK 0 kHz = NO KNOCK, 2 – 20 kHz = KNOCK
PI2 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
C EM83-15 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
RH1 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY BEHIND GLOVE BOX
C EM83-16 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
RH2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
SG EM83-17 CMPS, ‘B’ BANK SIGNAL GROUND GROUND GROUND
I EM83-18 CMPS, ‘B’ BANK SIGNAL 0.7 – 1 VAC @ 1000 RPM = 43 Hz; 2000 RPM = 72 Hz
I EM83-19 CMPS, ‘A’ BANK SIGNAL 0.7 – 1 VAC @ 1000 RPM = 43 Hz; 2000 RPM = 72 Hz
I EM83-20 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
GROUNDS
I EM83-21 HO2S, ‘A’ BANK DOWNSTREAM 0.1 – 0.9 V @ IDLE (SWING) Ground Location / Type
I EM83-22 HO2S, ‘B’ BANK DOWNSTREAM 0.1 – 0.9 V @ IDLE (SWING)
EM1AL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
I EM83-23 KNOCK SENSOR, ‘B’ BANK FEEDBACK 0 kHz = NO KNOCK, 2 – 20 kHz = KNOCK
C EM83-24 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz EM1AR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
C EM83-25 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz EM1BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
O EM83-26 MAFS REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND
O EM83-27 MAFS REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND
I EM83-28 MAFS FEEDBACK 1.2 V @ IDLE, INCREASING WITH RPM INCREASE FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
I EM84-01 GROUND (DOWNSTREAM HO2S HEATERS) GROUND GROUND
O EM84-07 HO2S HEATER, ‘A’ BANK DOWNSTREAM CONTROL GROUND (20 – 60% DUTY CYCLE) B+
O EM84-15 HO2S HEATER, ‘B’ BANK DOWNSTREAM CONTROL GROUND (20 – 60% DUTY CYCLE) B+
I EM84-16 GROUND (INJECTORS 1A, 2B, 3B, 4A) GROUND GROUND
I EM84-22 GROUND (INJECTORS 1B, 2A, 3A, 4B) GROUND GROUND
O EM85-01 HO2S HEATER, ‘A’ BANK UPSTREAM CONTROL GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE AT IDLE) B+
O EM85-02 HO2S HEATER, ‘B’ BANK UPSTREAM CONTROL GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE AT IDLE) B+
O EM85-03 EGR STEPPER MOTOR ‘S1’ WINDING SUPPLY GROUND B+
O EM85-04 EGR STEPPER MOTOR ‘S2’ WINDING SUPPLY GROUND B+
O EM85-05 “COOL BOX” COOLING FAN ACTIVATE GROUND B+
I EM85-06 GROUND (HO2S A UPSTREAM HEATER) GROUND GROUND
I EM85-07 GROUND (HO2S B UPSTREAM HEATER) GROUND GROUND
I EM85-08 HO2S HEATERS OBD MONITOR HEATERS ACTIVE = B+ V
O EM85-09 EGR STEPPER MOTOR ‘S3’ WINDING SUPPLY GROUND B+
O EM85-10 EGR STEPPER MOTOR ‘S4’ WINDING SUPPLY GROUND B+
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network Messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE
ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control modules
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. and control module pins.
WG
WU
53 WR B+
E
EM81-17
LF58 -2 -1 PI17 -2 -1 PI38 -1 -2 PI4 -2 -1 PI3 -2 -1 PI35 -2 -3 -1 -5 -4
54 WR B+
GW
WU
BW
BG
WU
E PI16 -1 -2 PI15 -2 -1 PI26 -1 -2 PI27 -1 -2 EM21 -3 -4 -1 -2 EM23 -3 -4 -1 -2 EM22 -4 -3 -1 -2 EM24 -4 -3 -1 -2
UY
O
EM82-13 3 1
W
BG
BG
BG
UY
50
YG
B+
O
PIS10
EM61
II
BRD
BRD
BRD
BRD
BRD
EM82-09
O
LF3-8
N
B
WG
WG
WG
WG
N
Y
BW
BW
BRD
BRD
BRD
BRD
RU
UY
UY
NR 60 56
W
G
85
U
B+
N
Y
E E
BRAKE SWITCH EM83-20
EMS8 5 2
PI1 -22 -23 -21 PI2 -1 -3 -2 PI1 -25 -26 -24 PI1 -17 -18 PI1 -19 -20 PI2 -9 PI1 -5 PI1 -15
WU OG OG OG OG
UY
BRD
BRD
BRD
BRD
BRD
6
YG
I PI1 -54 -56 -52 -31 -57
O
B
N
B
N
Y
GW
II
BW
BW
FCS35 UY
BG
AC24-4 AC24-1 AC13-3 EM1-8 EM82-08 O EM80-01
O
EMS36
O EM80-02
O
O EM80-04
G WG B
OY OY I O EM80-05
G EMS9 EMS46
EM1AR
FC19 EM2-13 EM81-22 O EM80-06
R EMS18
I EM80-28
BW
APPLIED ONLY WHEN THE INERTIA 7 GU I
SWITCH IS ACTIVATED II
EM82-12 I EM81-09
K
I EM81-10
U
EMS CONTROL RELAY
01.1
U O I EM81-16
RG
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
EM81-03 I EM81-18
R
ENGINE CRANK 03.2
GO I I EM81-19
G
EM82-02 I EM81-23
O
OK TO START 03.2
O D EM81-24
BG
EM82-15
CAN 20.2
Y C+
EM83-24
CAN 20.2
Y C+ O EM83-05
OY EMS1 OY
EM83-25 EM83-06
BG
SERIAL COMMUNICATION 20.2
O D EM83-07
P
EM80-17 I EM83-08
Y
SERIAL COMMUNICATION 20.2
W D EM83-09
N
EM80-18 EM83-12
BR
ECM PROGRAMMING 20.2
W D EM83-13
BG BG OY
EM80-19 I EM83-14
S EMS2 EM1-9 EM1-10
RG
BG
OY
88 B+ I EM83-23 PIS1
EMS20 EM80-09 O EM83-26
BW BG BG EMS3
62 WU 1 2 GR O O EM83-27
BW PI1-6
E GW
EM82-06 I EM83-28
RH1 -9 -10 -8 PI1 -50 -49 -51 PI1 -14 -3 -4 -1
U
OY
O
G
THROTTLE MOTOR
RG
EM84-07
R
BG
OY
POWER RELAY O EM84-15
UY
BK I O O
PIS9
BK EM80-29
I O EM85-01
RU EM3-7 RH2-18 BT1-6
PI2-7 PI2-6
BRD
BRD
BT2 -4 -5 -3
BG
OY
OY
B EM81-21 UY
BG
G
R
U
K
I O EM85-02
BW
B YU YU
RG
EM80-03 S1
BG
BG
OY
OY
59
G
R
I O EM85-03
B EM80-21 YG PI1-8 YG PI34-4 S2 E
I O EM85-04 PI33 PI33 PI42 PI42 PI42 PI42
B EM80-31
I I EM85-08
WG PI1-9 PI34-1 -1 -2 -4 -2 -1 -3 PI6 -4 -3 -2 -1
B EM85-07 YR YR S3 FT1 -2 -1 -3
WU
I O EM85-09
O
B EM81-08 YR PI1-10 YR PI34-6 S4
RG
BG
OY
I O EM85-10
B EM84-01
I
PI1-7 PI34-3
B EM84-16
I BT14 -1 -2 FT2 -1 -2 -3 EM10 -1 -2 -3
B EM84-22
I
EM85-06 STEPPER
MOTOR
66 WU
E PI34-2
BK EMS38
B EMS37
B EMS36 ENGINE CONTROL THROTTLE
EM1BR EM1AL EM1AR MODULE 67 WU MOTOR
(CONTINUED Fig. 04.6) E PI34-5 PPS/1 PPS/2 TPS/1 TPS/2
I Input Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) VARIANT: AJ27 SC NAS Vehicles
1 6 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 7 52 Fig. 01.2 53 92 Fig. 01.3 6
II
52
II
Fig. 01.4 53
E
67
E
Fig. 01.5 1 19
I
Fig. 02.1
O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications S SCP Network
VIN RANGE: A00116 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: September 1999
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
Fig. 04.5
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
P Pin Description Active Inactive
O EM80-01 EVAP VALVE ACTIVATE GROUND (VALVE OPEN) B+
COMPONENTS
I EM80-03 GROUND (POWER) GROUND GROUND Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
O EM80-04 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
BRAKE SWITCH AC24 / 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
O EM80-05 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
CKPS: CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR PI17 / 3-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE / REAR OF BED PLATE
O EM80-06 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
CMPS: CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR – A BANK PI16 / 2-WAY YAZAKI 090 / BLACK ‘A’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, REAR
O EM80-07 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
CMPS: CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR – B BANK PI15 / 2-WAY YAZAKI 090 / BLACK ‘B’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, REAR
I EM80-08 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
ECM AND TCM COOLING FAN EM64 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
I EM80-09 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
ECTS: ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR PI4 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL E J2 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REAR OF ENGINE TOP HOSE
I EM80-15 EOT FEEDBACK 2.5 V @ 34 °C; 0.5 V @ 90 °C; (DECREASING VOLTAGE WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE)
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 / 31-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
D EM80-17 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS EM81 / 24-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
D EM80-18 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS EM82 / 17-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
D EM80-19 ECM PROGRAMMING EM83 / 28-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM84 / 22-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
I EM80-21 GROUND (THROTTLE MOTOR 1) GROUND GROUND
EM85 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
D EM80-27 ECM PROGRAMMING
EOTS: ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR PI38 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL EC J2 / GREY ENGINE BLOACK / BELOW GENERATOR
I EM80-29 GROUND (LOGIC 2) GROUND GROUND
EVAPP: EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL VALVE LF58 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL J2 / BLACK BEHIND LEFT HAND WHEEL ARCH LINER
I EM80-31 GROUND (THROTTLE MOTOR 2) GROUND GROUND
HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR – A DOWNSTREAM EM22 / 2-WAY SUMITOMO 090 II / BLACK ‘A’ BANK CATALYTIC CONVERTER
O EM81-03 EMS CONTROLLED RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+
HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR – A UPSTREAM EM21 / 4-WAY SUMITOMO 090 II / GREY ‘A’ BANK CATALYTIC CONVERTER
I EM81-08 GROUND (POWER) GROUND GROUND
HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR – B DOWNSTREAM EM24 / 2-WAY SUMITOMO 090 II / BLACK ‘B’ BANK CATALYTIC CONVERTER
I EM81-09 PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK (PPS/1) 0.6 V = FOOT OFF; 3.8 V = PEDAL FULLY DEPRESSED
HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR – B UPSTREAM EM23 / 4-WAY SUMITOMO 090 II / GREY ‘B’ BANK CATALYTIC CONVERTER
I EM81-10 TPS FEEDBACK (TPS/1) 0.5 V = IDLE; 4.75 V = WOT
IATS 2: INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 PI3 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ‘A’ BANK INTERCOOLER / REAR
I EM81-12 PARK / NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION B+ (P, N) GROUND (R,D,4,3,2)
KS: KNOCK SENSOR – A BANK PI26 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE VEE / UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
I EM81-17 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 1 B+ 0V
KS: KNOCK SENSOR – B BANK PI27 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE VEE / UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
I EM81-18 PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK (PPS/2) 0.8 V = FOOT OFF; 2.4 V = PEDAL FULLY DEPRESSED
MAFS: MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR PI35 / 5-WAY YAZAKI 0902 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER
I EM81-19 TPS FEEDBACK (TPS/2) 0.6 V = IDLE; 4.85 V = WOT
PPS: PEDAL POSITION SENSORS PI42 / 5-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
I EM81-21 GROUND (LOGIC 1) GROUND GROUND
THROTTLE MOTOR PI33 / 2-WAY SUMITOMO HM250 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
I EM81-22 PARKING BRAKE SWITCH GROUND (APPLIED) B+
TPS: THROTTLE POSITION SENSORS PI6 / 4-WAY ECONOSEAL J2T / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
I EM81-23 IATS 2 FEEDBACK 2.38 V @ 20 °C, (DECREASING VOLTAGE WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE)
SG EM81-24 PEDAL POSITION / THROTTLE POSITION SENSORS SHIELD GROUND GROUND
O EM82-01 SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE 1 5V 5V RELAYS
I EM82-02 ENGINE CRANK GROUND (CRANKING)
I EM82-04 HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘A’ BANK – VARIABLE CURRENT (µA) 3.5 V Relay Color / Stripe Connector / Color Location / Access
I EM82-05 HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK – VARIABLE CURRENT (µA) 3.5 V O2S HEATERS RELAY BROWN EM61 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS
O EM82-06 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+ THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY BROWN EM16 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS
SG EM82-07 SENSORS SIGNAL GROUND 1 GROUND GROUND
I EM82-08 BRAKE SWITCH GROUND B+
I EM82-09 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B+ B+ HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
SG EM82-10 HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘A’ BANK – CONSTANT 3.8 V
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
SG EM82-11 HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK – CONSTANT 3.8 V
I EM82-12 INERTIA SWITCH ACTIVATED (VEHICLE IMPACT) GROUND B+ AC13 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
I EM82-13 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 2 B+ 0V EM1 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
I EM82-14 ECT FEEDBACK 0.41 V @ 90 °C (DECREASING VOLTAGE WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE) EM2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
D EM82-15 OK TO START ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS LF3 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
D EM82-16 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS PI1 57-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
I EM82-17 IATS FEEDBACK 0.98 V @ 10 °C (DECREASING VOLTAGE WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE) PI2 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
O EM83-05 SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE 2 5V 5V
SG EM83-06 SENSOR SHIELD GROUND GROUND
SG EM83-07 CKPS SIGNAL GROUND GROUND GROUND
GROUNDS
I EM83-08 CKPS SIGNAL 5 V @ 1000 RPM = 45 Hz; 2000 RPM = 90 Hz Ground Location / Type
SG EM83-09 CMPS, ‘A’ BANK SIGNAL GROUND GROUND GROUND
EM1AL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
SG EM83-12 HO2S SHIELD GROUND GROUND
EM1AR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
SG EM83-13 SENSORS SIGNAL GROUND 2 GROUND GROUND
EM1BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
I EM83-14 KNOCK SENSOR, ‘A’ BANK FEEDBACK 0 kHz = NO KNOCK, 2 – 20 kHz = KNOCK
EM2AL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
C EM83-15 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
EM2AR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
C EM83-16 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
EM2BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
SG EM83-17 CMPS, ‘B’ BANK SIGNAL GROUND GROUND GROUND
I EM83-18 CMPS, ‘B’ BANK SIGNAL 0.7 – 1 VAC @ 1000 RPM = 43 Hz; 2000 RPM = 72 Hz
I EM83-19 CMPS, ‘A’ BANK SIGNAL 0.7 – 1 VAC @ 1000 RPM = 43 Hz; 2000 RPM = 72 Hz
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
I EM83-20 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
I EM83-21 HO2S, ‘A’ BANK DOWNSTREAM 0.1 – 0.9 V @ IDLE (SWING)
I EM83-22 HO2S, ‘B’ BANK DOWNSTREAM 0.1 – 0.9 V @ IDLE (SWING)
I EM83-23 KNOCK SENSOR, ‘B’ BANK FEEDBACK 0 kHz = NO KNOCK, 2 – 20 kHz = KNOCK
C EM83-24 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
C EM83-25 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
O EM83-26 MAFS REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND
O EM83-27 MAFS REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND
I EM83-28 MAFS FEEDBACK 1.2 V @ IDLE, INCREASING WITH RPM INCREASE
I EM84-01 GROUND (DOWNSTREAM HO2S HEATERS) GROUND GROUND
O EM84-07 HO2S HEATER, ‘A’ BANK DOWNSTREAM CONTROL GROUND (20 – 60% DUTY CYCLE) B+
O EM84-15 HO2S HEATER, ‘B’ BANK DOWNSTREAM CONTROL GROUND (20 – 60% DUTY CYCLE) B+
I EM84-16 GROUND (INJECTORS 1A, 2B, 3B, 4A) GROUND GROUND
I EM84-22 GROUND (INJECTORS 1B, 2A, 3A, 4B) GROUND GROUND
O EM85-01 HO2S HEATER, ‘A’ BANK UPSTREAM CONTROL GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE AT IDLE) B+
O EM85-02 HO2S HEATER, ‘B’ BANK UPSTREAM CONTROL GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE AT IDLE) B+
O EM85-05 “COOL BOX” COOLING FAN ACTIVATE GROUND B+
I EM85-06 GROUND (HO2S A UPSTREAM HEATER) GROUND GROUND
I EM85-07 GROUND (HO2S B UPSTREAM HEATER) GROUND GROUND
I EM85-08 HO2S HEATERS OBD MONITOR HEATERS ACTIVE = B+ V
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network Messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE
ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control modules
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. and control module pins.
WG
WU
53 WR B+
E
EM81-17
LF58 -2 -1 PI17 -2 -1 PI38 -1 -2 PI4 -2 -1 PI3 -2 -1 PI35 -2 -3 -1 -5 -4
54 WR B+
GW
WU
BW
BG
WU
E PI16 -1 -2 PI15 -2 -1 PI26 -1 -2 PI27 -1 -2 EM21 -3 -4 -1 -2 EM23 -3 -4 -1 -2 EM22 -4 -3 -1 -2 EM24 -4 -3 -1 -2
UY
O
EM82-13 3 1
W
BG
BG
BG
UY
50
YG
B+
O
PIS10
EM61
II
BRD
BRD
BRD
BRD
BRD
EM82-09
O
LF3-8
N
B
WG
WG
WG
WG
N
Y
BW
BW
BRD
BRD
BRD
BRD
RU
UY
UY
NR 60 56
W
G
85
U
B+
N
Y
E E
BRAKE SWITCH EM83-20
EMS8 5 2
PI1 -22 -23 -21 PI2 -1 -3 -2 PI1 -25 -26 -24 PI1 -17 -18 PI1 -19 -20 PI2 -9 PI1 -5 PI1 -15
WU OG OG OG OG
UY
BRD
BRD
BRD
BRD
BRD
6
YG
I PI1 -54 -56 -52 -31 -57
O
B
N
B
N
Y
GW
II
BW
BW
FCS35
BG
AC24-4 AC24-1 AC13-3 EM1-8 EM82-08
O
EMS36
NOTE: FCS56 – TV vehicles only.
WG B
OY OY OY I O EM80-01
UY EMS9 EMS46 EM1AR
(EM2AR)
FC19 FCS56 EM2-13 EM81-22 O EM80-04
G
PARKING BRAKE O EM80-05
G
SWITCH O EM80-06
R EMS18
O EM80-07
R
APPLIED ONLY WHEN THE INERTIA 7 GU I I EM80-15
YG EMS19
SWITCH IS ACTIVATED II
EM82-12
I EM81-09
K
EMS CONTROL RELAY
01.1
U O I EM81-10
U
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
EM81-03 I EM81-18
R
ENGINE CRANK 03.2
GO I I EM81-19
G
EM82-02 I EM81-23
O
OK TO START 03.2
O D EM81-24
BG
EM82-15
CAN 20.2
Y C+ O EM83-05
OY OY
EM83-25 EM83-06
BG EMS1
62 WU 1 2 GR O O EM83-27
BW PI1-6
E GW
EM82-06 I EM83-28
PI1 -50 -49 -51 PI1 -14 -3 -4 -1
U
OY
O
G
THROTTLE MOTOR EM84-07
R
POWER RELAY O EM84-15
UY
BK I
PIS9
BK EM80-29
I O EM85-01
RU PI2-7 PI2-6
BRD
BRD
BG
OY
OY
B EM81-21 UY
BG
G
R
U
K
I O EM85-02
B EM80-03 WG
G
R
I I EM85-08
B EM80-21
I PI33 PI33 PI42 PI42 PI42 PI42
B EM80-31
I -1 -2 -4 -2 -1 -3 PI6 -4 -3 -2 -1
B EM85-07
I
B EM81-08
I
B EM84-01
I
B EM84-16
I
B EM84-22
I
EM85-06
BK EMS38
B EMS37
B EMS36 ENGINE CONTROL THROTTLE
EM1BR EM1AL EM1AR MODULE MOTOR
(EM2BR) (EM2AL) (EM2AR) (CONTINUED Fig. 04.6) PPS/1 PPS/2 TPS/1 TPS/2
THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
I Input Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) VARIANT: AJ27 SC ROW Vehicles
1 6 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 7 52 Fig. 01.2 53 92 Fig. 01.3 6
II
52
II
Fig. 01.4 53
E
67
E
Fig. 01.5 1 19
I
Fig. 02.1
O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications S SCP Network
VIN RANGE: A00116 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: September 1999
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
Fig. 04.6
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE
P Pin Description Active Inactive
I AC1-1 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH STATUS B+ (ON) 0V
COMPONENTS
O AC3-1 AIR CONDITIONING ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL B+ 0V Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
I AC4-7 LOAD INHIBIT 0V B+
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH PI36 / 1-WAY SUMITOMO 090 A-TYPE / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / A/C COMPRESSOR
O AC4-9 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH ON REQUEST B+ 0V
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE AC1 / 26-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY A/C UNIT / RIGHT HAND SIDE
I AC4-17 REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH 0 V (2 – 30 BAR) B+ (OUT OF ACTIVE RANGE) AC2 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
AC3 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE AC4 / 22-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH AC24 / 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
P Pin Description Active Inactive SPEED CONTROL ON / OFF SWITCH FC63 / 10-WAY AMP MQL / NATURAL REARWARD OF GEAR SELECTOR
I EM80-10 REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH HIGH PRESSURE GROUND @ 20 BAR (290 PSI) SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) SW3 / 3-WAY EPC / BLACK CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
I EM80-11 A/CCM COMPRESSOR CLUTCH REQUEST B+ GROUND ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 / 31-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
O EM80-12 ELECTRICAL LOAD INHIBIT GROUND B+ EM81 / 24-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
O EM80-14 INTERCOOLER PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+ EM82 / 17-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM83 / 28-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
O EM80-16 CRUISE CONTROL ON STATUS LED GROUND B+ EM84 / 22-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
I EM80-20 CRUISE CONTROL BRAKE CANCEL REQUEST GROUND B+ EM85 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
I EM80-22 REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH HIGH PRESSURE GROUND @ 12 BAR (174 PSI) FUEL INJECTOR – 1A IJ3 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
I EM80-23 A/CCM ELECTRICAL LOAD REQUEST (HEATED WINDSHIELD) B+ GROUND FUEL INJECTOR – 1B IJ7 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
O EM80-25 AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+ FUEL INJECTOR – 2A IJ4 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
O EM81-04 PARALLEL (HIGH) SPEED FAN ACTIVATE GROUND B+ FUEL INJECTOR – 2B IJ8 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
O EM81-05 SERIES (LOW) SPEED FAN ACTIVATE GROUND B+ FUEL INJECTOR – 3A IJ5 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
I EM81-13 CRUISE CONTROL ON REQUEST B+ GROUND FUEL INJECTOR – 3B IJ9 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
I EM81-14 CRUISE CONTROL SET +/- 7.3 V = (+), 8.8 V = (–)B+ FUEL INJECTOR – 4A IJ6 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
I EM81-15 CRUISE CONTROL CANCEL / RESUME 7.3 V = RESUME, 8.8 V = CANCEL B+ FUEL INJECTOR – 4B IJ10 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
O EM82-03 FUEL PUMP RELAY 2 ACTIVATE GROUND B+ FUEL PUMPS FT3 / 4-WAY SUMITOMO DL090 / NATURAL TRUNK / TOP OF FUEL TANK
I EM83-04 FUEL PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+ FUSE BOX – TRUNK BT10 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / NATURAL TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIER
I EM83-10 IGNITION MODULES 1A, 2B, 3B, 4A OBD MONITOR 23 Hz @ IDLE (5 V) BT11 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / BLACK
I EM83-11 IGNITION MODULES 1B, 2A, 3A, 4B OBD MONITOR 23 Hz @ IDLE (5 V) BT12 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / GREEN
BT13 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / BLUE
O EM84-02 INJECTOR 1A ACTIVATE GROUND B+ BT64 / EYELET
O EM84-03 INJECTOR 3B ACTIVATE GROUND B+ IGNITION COIL – 1A PI51 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
O EM84-04 INJECTOR 2B ACTIVATE GROUND B+ IGNITION COIL – 1B PI55 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
O EM84-05 INJECTOR 4A ACTIVATE GROUND B+ IGNITION COIL – 2A PI52 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
O EM84-06 INJECTOR 1B ACTIVATE GROUND B+ IGNITION COIL – 2B PI56 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
O EM84-09 IGNITION MODULE 4A SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+ IGNITION COIL – 3A PI53 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
O EM84-10 IGNITION MODULE 3A SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+ IGNITION COIL – 3B PI57 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
O EM84-11 IGNITION MODULE 2A SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+ IGNITION COIL – 4A PI54 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
O EM84-12 IGNITION MODULE 1A SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+ IGNITION COIL – 4B PI58 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
I EM84-13 INJECTOR 4B ACTIVATE GROUND B+ INTERCOOLER PUMP EM75 / 2-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BELOW AIR CLEANER
I EM84-14 INJECTOR 3A ACTIVATE GROUND B+ RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE LF9 / 8-WAY TRW / BLACK ADJACENT TO LEFT HAND HORN
O EM84-17 IGNITION MODULE 4B SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+ RADIATOR FAN – LH LF13 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN METRI 630 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FRONT
O EM84-18 IGNITION MODULE 3B SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+ RADIATOR FAN – RH LF12 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN METRI 630 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FRONT
O EM84-19 IGNITION MODULE 2B SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+ REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH LF57 / 6-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF RADIATOR
O EM84-20 IGNITION MODULE 1B SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+
O EM84-21 INJECTOR 2A ACTIVATE GROUND B+
RELAYS
Relay Color / Stripe Connector / Color Location / Access
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY BROWN EM17 LH ENCLOSURE RELAYS
FUEL INJECTION RELAY BROWN EM5 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS
FUEL PUMP 1 RELAY (#4) BROWN BUS TRUNK FUSE BOX
FUEL PUMP 2 RELAY BROWN BT51 / BROWN TRUNK RELAYS
IGNITION COIL RELAY BROWN EM26 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS
INTERCOOLER PUMP RELAY BROWN EM31 / BROWN LHD: CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS
RHD: RH ENCLOSURE RELAYS
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
AC12 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE FASCIA TOP CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
AC13 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
BT2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
EM1 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM3 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
FT1 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE FUEL TANK / REAR
LF3 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
LF40 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
PI1 57-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
PI2 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
RH1 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY BEHIND GLOVE BOX
RH2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
SC3 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN
SW1 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWL
SW2 6-WAY JST / WHITE CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BT2AL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / TRUNK, RIGHT REAR
EM1AL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM1AR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM2AL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
EM2AR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
FC3BL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
LF2AL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds LF2AR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts LF2BL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE
ONLY. FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control modules
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. and control module pins.
32 WG 1 2 W RW 2 1 WU 63
II RG RG RG E
AC1-01 I
EM2-6 UY AC12-13 UY B
AC4-09 O NG OG
EM1-3 U AC12-12 U 75 EM75-2 EM75-1
FUEL PUMP 2 RELAY AC4-07 I LF12-2 LF12-1 LF9-2 AIR CONDITIONING
EM1-13 UY AC13-9 UY AC3-01 O COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY
EM2-12 RU (U*) AC12-19 INTERCOOLER
U AC4-17 I RH RADIATOR FAN PUMP
3 5 NW EM2-14 AC12-14 GU (W*) WU
1 55
BT11-1 LF9-9 LF9-8 E EM31 RG RG
#7 20A * NOTE: Early production vehicles. LF40-6
37 1 2 WR WB 5 3 NW PI1-13 PI36-1
II
81
BT11-10
A/CCM B OY NG
76
LF13-1 LF13-2 LF9-5 LF9-3 RW 1 2 B AIR CONDITIONING
FUEL PUMP 1 RELAY (#4) BT2 BT2 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
-6 -15 P RG 9 LF2AL EMS31
II LH RADIATOR FAN B
TRUNK FUSE BOX WR LF57-4 SPEED CONTROL SWITCH
W
2–30 BAR
U U BK WU INTERCOOLER PUMP EM2AR
LF9-7
(EM1AR) RG 10.2 DIMMER
RH1 RH2
LF3-6 LF57-5 LF57-2 LF40-7 RELAY OVERRIDE
20 BAR FC63
-11 -15 WU * NOTE: Early production vehicles.
B 270 Ω 510 Ω -10
LF2BL YU
WR
12 BAR FC63
I EM80-10
WU Y -7
LF2AR WU WG 12
I EM80-11
UY LF40-11 LF57-3 NOTE: Refer to Fig. 07.1 and FC63 FC63 II
U REFRIGERANT Fig. 07.2 for complete A/C circuits. RADIATOR FAN CONTROL -9 ON / OFF -8
O EM80-12
RW 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH RELAY MODULE
O EM80-14
O EM80-16
YU
680 Ω
I EM80-20
U EM3-4 CASSETTE
I EM80-22
Y YR YR DECEL BO
UY SC3-4 SW1 SW2-4 SW3-3 430 Ω SW3-4
I EM80-23 -4
O EM80-25
RW U U WU WU
SET / ACCEL
EM3-6 AC13-15 AC24-2 AC24-3 AC13-16 FCS71
EM2 EM2
-9 -15 680 Ω
O WU CASSETTE
EM81-04 BRAKE CANCEL
O EM81-05
W SWITCH YG YG CANCEL BO
WU WU SC3-3 SW1 SW2-3 SW3-1 430 Ω SW3-2 SWS1
I EM81-13 -3
YR EM3-3 YR
I EM81-14 CASSETTE RESUME
YG EM3-2 YG BK BO BO BO
I EM81-15
EM3-1 SW1
FCS48 SC3-12 SW2-6 SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES
-6
O EM82-03
W FC3BL
O BO YG RW RW 5 3 NW
EM84-03 92
O EM84-04
BW YG PIS5 PI1-53
O EM84-05
BW PIS12 YG B B 2 1 WU 61
BW YG EMS37 E
O EM84-06
O EM84-09
GW
O EM84-10
GO EM1AL
IGNITION COIL
(EM2AL)
O EM84-11
GR RELAY
O EM84-12
GU
O EM84-13
BR
O EM84-14
BG
O EM84-17
GU
O EM84-18
GO
O EM84-19
GW
O EM84-20
GB
O EM84-21
BO
PI1-40 PI1-42 PI1-41 PI1-39 PI1-46 PI1-45 PI1-44 PI1-43
PI1-30 PI1-32 PI1-33 PI1-34 PI1-35 PI1-36 PI1-37 PI1-38
BR BR
ENGINE CONTROL
EM5 IJS1
MODULE IJ2-1
NW 3 5 BR BR
86
NW NW PIS2
BW
BW
BG
BO
BG
BO
BR
PI2-5
BY
FT3-2 FT1-4
51 W 1 2 B
II EMS31 BR BR
FUEL
PUMP 1 IJS2
B IJ1-1
B B
GW
GO
GU
GR
GU
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
GO
RW
RW
GB
YG
GW
YG
YG
YG
YG
YG
YG
YG
FUEL INJECTION
B
IJ1-2 IJ1-3 IJ1-4 IJ1-5 IJ2-2 IJ2-3 IJ2-4 IJ2-5
FT1-5 EM2AR
FT3-1 RELAY (EM1AR)
BW
BW
BG
BO
OY OY
BG
BO
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BY
FT1-8 PI51 -3 -2 -4 -1 PI56 -3 -2 -4 -1 PI57 -3 -2 -4 -1 PI54 -3 -2 -4 -1 PI55 -3 -2 -4 -1 PI52 -3 -2 -4 -1 PI53 -3 -2 -4 -1 PI58 -3 -2 -4 -1 PIS13
FT3-4 B
IJ3-2 -1 IJ4-2 -1 IJ5-2 -1 IJ6-2 -1 IJ7-2 -1 IJ8-2 -1 IJ9-2 -1 IJ10-2 -1
FUEL PI1-55
PUMP 2
B
B B B EMS31
FT1-10 BTS50
FT3-3 B
EM2AR
FUEL TANK BT2AL (EM1AR)
1A 2A 3A 4A 1B 2B 3B 4B 1A 2B 3B 4A 1B 2A 3A 4B
NOTE: ECM power supplies and grounds FUEL INJECTORS IGNITION COILS
shown on Fig. 04.4 and Fig. 04.5.
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network Messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE
ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control modules
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. and control module pins.
* NOTE: Transmission internal wiring revised at Transmission Serial NOTE: Gear Selector Illumination Module –
Number 191393. This revision was made after the original Electrical Guide CAN ‘Listen only’ node for gear selector position indicators.
was published; original printed copies do not include this revision.
υ R
330 Ω
– C G CAN
20.1
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 FC88
330 Ω -3
N Y
+ C 20.1 CAN
FC88
330 Ω -4
EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 D G
– C 20.1 CAN
-6 -5 -13 -14 -16 -2 -3 -7 -11 -15 -12 -8 -9 -4 -1 -10 FC88
B S RB Y W N G 330 Ω -8
4 Y
+ C 20.1 CAN
N G BG UY RU OG OY O O O RW YB YU YU U R FC88
330 Ω -9
EM47 EM47 EM47 EM47 EM47 EM47 EM47 3
-E -A -B -C -D -J -K
BK BK
330 Ω
2 FC88 FCS47
-6
BW Y R Y W BK G
NR B+ O EM7-1 OY FC3BR
84 EMS38
EM7-26 O EM7-2 RU
39 WB B+ BK
II
EM7-54 O EM7-4 O
WB OG EM1BR
40 B+ O EM7-5 (EM2BR)
II
EM7-55 I EM7-6 B G PARK, NEUTRAL
03.1 04.1 04.2 (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
CAN 20.1
G C– I EM7-8 R
EM7-82 I EM7-9 W
CAN 20.1
Y C+
EM7-83 I EM7-12 RU
CAN G C– I EM7-13 OG OG OG OG BW BW
20.1
EM7-85 I EM7-14 N EM1-17 FC83-1 FC83-3
CAN 20.1
Y C+ EM7-15 BRD
D–4
EM7-86 EM7-16 U SWITCH
EM7-21 BG
I EM7-22 UY
I EM7-23 BRD
O EM7-28 BW BW BW
O EMS25 EM1-18
O EM7-29
O EM7-30 YB
O EM7-32 YU
O EM7-33 YU
I EM7-34 B
I EM7-36 Y
I EM7-37 Y
560 Ω
I EM7-42 G RU RU WR 19
FC35 FC35 II
EM3-11
-7 MODE 560 Ω -8
I EM7-44 R STATE RG
10.2 DIMMER OVERRIDE
RG FC35
I EM7-45 -10
RU RU
O EM3-13 FC35 10Κ Ω 10Κ Ω
O EM7-51 -9
O EM7-52 RU
O EM7-53 RW
RG RG BK BK
EM3-14 FC35 FC35 FCS47
-2 -1
EMS43
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE B MODE SWITCH FC3BR
EM2AL
(EM1AL)
I Input Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) VARIANT: AJ27 N/A Vehicles
1 6 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 7 52 Fig. 01.2 53 92 Fig. 01.3 6
II
52
II
Fig. 01.4 53
E
67
E
Fig. 01.5 1 19
I
Fig. 02.1
O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications S SCP Network
VIN RANGE: A00116 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: September 1999
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
Fig. 05.2
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE
P Pin Description Active Inactive
I FC88-1 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
COMPONENTS
C FC88-3 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz @ 2.5 V Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
C FC88-4 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz @ 2.5 V
DUAL LINEAR SWITCH FC100 / 12-WAY / MULTILOCK 070 / GREY LEFT HAND SIDE OF GEAR SELECTOR / CENTER CONSOLE
I FC88-6 GROUND GROUND GROUND
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE FC88 / 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE FRONT OF GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY
C FC88-8 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz @ 2.5 V
KICKDOWN SWITCH AC27 / 1-WAY LUCAR RIGHT ANGLE / CLEAR UNDER ACCELERATOR PEDAL
C FC88-9 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz @ 2.5 V AC28 / 1-WAY LUCAR RIGHT ANGLE / CLEAR
MODE SWITCH (TRANSMISSION) FC35 / 10-WAY AMP MQL / BLACK REARWARD OF GEAR SELECTOR
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ27 SC TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ27 SC EM72 / 14-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM73 / 18-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK
P Pin Description Active Inactive TRANSMISSION ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR: AJ27 SC GB1 / 13-WAY KOSTAL 1.5 / BLACK TRANSMISSION
C EM72-L CAN NETWORK 5 – 1500 Hz
C EM72-H CAN NETWORK 5 – 1500 Hz
I EM72-12 n2 SPEED SENSOR FEEDBACK 6V = 900 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KPH); 1800 HZ @ 20 MPH (32 KH) (‘2’ SELECTED – ‘1’ ENGAGED) HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
O EM72-13 SPEED SENSOR COMMON VOLTAGE SUPPLY 5V
O EM72-14 ‘1-2 / 4-5’ SOLENOID ACTIVATE GROUND B+ Connector Type / Color Location / Access
O EM72-15 ‘3-4’ SOLENOID ACTIVATE GROUND B+ AC12 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE FASCIA TOP CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
O EM72-16 ‘2-3’ SOLENOID ACTIVATE GROUND B+ EM1 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
O EM72-17 TCC SOLENOID ACTIVATE GROUND = LOCKED B+ = UNLOCKED EM2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
O EM72-33 SPEED SENSOR / FLUID TEMP. SENSOR COMMON GROUND GROUND GROUND EM3 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
I EM72-34 FLUID TEMP. SENSOR FEEDBACK 1.75 V @ 90° C = R, D, 4, 3, 2 5 V = P, N GB2 12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
I EM72-35 n3 SPEED SENSOR FEEDBACK 6 V = 85 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KPH); 170 Hz @ 20 MPH (32 KPH) (‘2’ SELECTED – ‘2’ ENGAGED)
O EM72-36 MODULATION PRESSURE REGULATOR ACTIVATE GROUND ( 42% PWM @ IDLE) B+
O EM72-37 SHIFT PRESSURE REGULATOR ACTIVATE GROUND ( 39% PWM @ IDLE) B+ GROUNDS
O EM72-38 SOLENOID VALVE / PRESSURE REGULATOR COMMON VOLTAGE SUPPLY B+ GROUND
Ground Location / Type
I EM73-2 KICKDOWN SWITCH GROUND (= WOT) B+ (< WOT)
EM1AL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
I EM73-3 SPORT MODE SWITCH 0 V = SPORT; 0 V = NORMAL
EM2AL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
I EM73-25 DUAL LINEAR SWITCH VOLTAGE ENCODED GEAR RECOGNITION GROUND = R, D, 4, 3 B+ = P, N, 2
FC3BL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
I EM73-26 DUAL LINEAR SWITCH VOLTAGE ENCODED GEAR RECOGNITION GROUND = N, D, 4, 2 B+ = P, R, 3
FC3BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
I EM73-27 DUAL LINEAR SWITCH VOLTAGE ENCODED GEAR RECOGNITION GROUND = N, 4, 3, 2 8 V = R, D B+ = P
I EM73-28 DUAL LINEAR SWITCH VOLTAGE ENCODED GEAR RECOGNITION GROUND = P, D, 3, 2 B+ = R, N, 4
I EM73-29 IGNITION SUPPLIED VOLTAGE B+ GROUND
I EM73-30 TCM / DUAL LINEAR SWITCH COMMON GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network Messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE
ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control modules
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. and control module pins.
N2 n3
SPEED SPEED
B+
WR 18
SENSOR SENSOR FLUID 330 Ω
O O B+ I O O O O TEMPERATURE SOLENOID PRESSURE P FC88 II
SENSOR VALVES REGULATORS -1
330 Ω
R
– C G 20.2 CAN
FC88
FC100 -4 -11 -3 -2 -7 -6 -8 -1 SWITCH
(NOT USED) 330 Ω -3
N Y
υ
OPEN – P, N + C 20.2 CAN
FC88
330 Ω -4
RU G WR B GB GU GU GR A B C TCC MD SD D
– C G 20.2 CAN
1-2,4-5 2-3 3-4 FC88
330 Ω -8
4
+ C Y 20.2 CAN
PARK, NEUTRAL 03.2
RU GB1 GB1 GB1 GB1 GB1 GB1 GB1 GB1 GB1 GB1 GB1 GB1 FC88
-7 -3 -1 -12 -4 -6 -13 -8 -9 -11 -2 -10 330 Ω -9
3
PARK, NEUTRAL
04.5 04.4 03.2
G BK BK
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) 330 Ω
EM1-11
B B B B B B B B B B B B 2 FC88 FCS47
-6
20 WR
II
FC3BR
EM2 EM1 EM1 EM3 EM3 GB2 GB2 GB2 GB2 GB2 GB2 GB2 GB2 GB2 GB2 GB2 GB2
-2 -17 -18 -13 -14 -7 -3 -1 -12 -4 -6 -5 -8 -9 -11 -2 -10
B GB GU GU GR BG G U BW UY RW YB YU YU OG O O
I EM73-2
BW BW BW BK BK BK
39 WB B+ I EM73-3
RU EM1-16 AC12-15 AC27 AC28 AC12-11 FCS48
II GB
EM73-29 I EM73-25 KICKDOWN SWITCH
I EM73-26
GU FC3BL
CAN 20.2
G C– I EM73-27
GU
EM72-L I EM73-28
GR
CAN 20.2
Y C+ I EM73-30
B
EM72-H EMS43
1000 Ω
RU WR 19
G FC35 FC35 II
I EM72-12 EM3-11 510 Ω
-9 -8
O EM72-13
BG
O YB
EM72-14 RG 10.2
DIMMER
O EM72-15
YU FC35
OVERRIDE
O EM72-16
YU -10
270 Ω
O EM72-17
OG BK BK
FC35 FCS47
MODE STATE -1
O EM72-33
BW
I EM72-34
UY MODE SWITCH FC3BR
I EM72-35
U
O EM72-36
O
O EM72-37
O
O EM72-38
RW
B
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE
EM2AL
(EM1AL)
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network Messages. FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE
ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control modules
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. and control module pins.
6 WU B GB OG OG OG OG I
II FCS35 EM82-8
AC24-4 AC24-1 AC13-3 EM1-8
BRAKE SWITCH
Y C +
EM1-6 EM83-25
G C –
EM1-7 EM83-16
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
Y C +
FC88-4
G C –
FC88-3
Y C +
FC88-9
G C –
FC88-8
GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE
Y C +
FC25-11
G C –
FC25-23
MAJOR
INSTRUMENT PACK
N
15 B+ (LOGIC)
FC14-80
NW
19 B+ (SOLENOIDS)
FC14-104
– S U
FC14-84
5 WU I + S Y
II
FC14-15 FC14-85
17 WR I O OG OG B B
I FC86 FC86
FC14-32 FC14-48 FCS46
-1 -2
O RW RW B B B
FC14-51 SC1-1 SC1-2 FCS49
BK BK BK YB YB I
FCS47 FC87-3 FC87-1 FC14-58
NOT-IN-PARK KEYLOCK SOLENOID FC4BR
MICROSWITCH (FC2BR)
LOGIC
FC3BR COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
FC2BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC4BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
LF3AS EYELET (SINGLE) / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE
ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control modules
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. and control module pins.
BRAKE FLUID
RESERVOIR
NR O UY UY
78 B+
LF37-9 LF37-1 LF40-1 EM37-2 EM37-1
48 WU B+
II U U
LF37-20 I
NW LF37-13 LF40-2
77 B+
LF37-25 I Y Y
LF37-3 LF42-2 FR1-2 RH FRONT
WHEEL SPEED
Y C + SENSOR
CAN 20.2 20.1 G G
LF37-5 FR1-1
LF37-4 LF42-1
CAN 20.2 20.1
G C –
LF37-15
NOT USED C +
LF37-11
C – Y Y Y Y Y
NOT USED
LF37-10 LF37-6 LF60-5 RH1-16 BT2-11 BT73-1 RR1-1 RH REAR
WHEEL SPEED
I O O O O O SENSOR
O RR1-2
NOT USED LF37-7 LF60-4 RH1-15 BT2-10 BT73-2
LF1-13 LF37-19
6 WU B GB OG OG OG OG I I W W
II FCS35 FL1-2 LH FRONT
AC24-4 AC24-1 AC13-3 LF60-1 LF37-2 LF37-17 LF41-2
WHEEL SPEED
BRAKE SWITCH R R SENSOR
LF37-18 LF41-1 FL1-1
I W W W W W
NR RW RW O LF37-21 LF60-2 RH1-17 BT2-12 BT72-2 RL1-2 LH REAR
16 WHEEL SPEED
FC55-9 FC55-11 LF60-6 LF37-16 SENSOR
STABILITY / TRACTION U U U U U
STATE RL1-1
LF37-22 LF60-3 RH1-18 BT2-13 BT72-1
I B
B B R R I LF37-8
FCS49 FC55-16 FC55-12 LF60-7 LF37-14 I B
LF37-24
STABILITY / TRACTION
CONTROL SWITCH
FC4BR
(FC2BR)
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK ABS / TRACTION CONTROL LF3AS
CONTROL MODULE
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
EM2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
LL1 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO STARTER MOTOR
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
FC2BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC4BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE
ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control modules
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. and control module pins.
11 WU B+ O R R R
II
FC16-6 FC16-2 EM2-7 LL1-1 LL2-1
VEHICLE SPEED
08.1
U I O Y Y Y
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
FC16-4 FC16-5 EM2-1 LL1-2 LL2-2
FC4BR
(FC2BR)
POWER ASSISTED STEERING
CONTROL MODULE
LHD
11 WU B+ O R R
II
FC16-6 FC16-2 EM2-7 EM18-1
FC4BR
(FC2BR)
POWER ASSISTED STEERING
CONTROL MODULE
RHD
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BT2BL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / TRUNK, RIGHT REAR
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE
ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control modules
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. and control module pins.
NW O O O O O
58 B+
BT69-27 BT69-30 BT3-16 RH12-13 LF1-19 LF43-A LH FRONT
34 WR O OY OY OY OY DAMPER SOLENOID
B+
II
BT69-11 BT69-31 BT3-15 RH12-14 LF1-18 LF43-B
20.2 20.1
O D
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
BT69-10
20.2 20.1
W D O OG OG OG OG
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
BT69-28 BT69-14 BT3-18 RH12-11 LF60-19 LF44-A RH FRONT
O GU GU GU OY DAMPER SOLENOID
BT69-33 BT3-17 RH12-12 LF60-20 LF44-B
O OG U O
BT69-15 BT73-3 RR3-1 DR2-A RH REAR
O OY U O DAMPER SOLENOID
BT69-34 BT73-4 RR3-2 DR2-B
6 WU B GB OG OG OG OG OG OG I
II FCS35 BTS5
AC24-4 AC24-1 AC13-3 RH1-19 BT1-9 BT69-26
BRAKE SWITCH
I BG BG BG BG LATERAL
ACCELERATION
BT69-20 BT3-11 RH12-6 EM3-12 EM59-1
OY OY LATERAL
GROUND
EM3-10 EM59-2 ACCELEROMETER (FRONT)
U U B+
EM3-9 EM59-3
I U U U VERTICAL
ACCELERATION
BT69-21 BT3-14 RH12-7 FC7-1
O OY OY OY OY OY GROUND FRONT VERTICAL
BT69-3 BTS28 BT3-13 RH12-8 FCS84 FC7-2 ACCELEROMETER
O U U U U U B+
BT69-25 BTS27 BT3-12 RH12-9 FCS83 FC7-3
I R R VERTICAL
ACCELERATION
BT69-22 BT52-1
OY GROUND REAR VERTICAL
B I BT52-2 ACCELEROMETER
BT69-18 U B+
BT52-3
BT2BL
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
CONTROL MODULE
I Input Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) VARIANT: Adaptive Damping Vehicles
1 6 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 7 52 Fig. 01.2 53 92 Fig. 01.3 6
II
52
II
Fig. 01.4 53
E
67
E
Fig. 01.5 1 19
I
Fig. 02.1
O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications S SCP Network
VIN RANGE: A00116 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: September 1999
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
Fig. 06.4
ADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROL BOOSTER CONTROL MODULE
P Pin Description Active Inactive
O AL4-01 AIR CONTROL VALVE SOLENOID DRIVE PWM (-VE)
COMPONENTS
O AL4-02 RELEASE SWITCH REFERENCE VOLTAGE 5V 5V Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
O AL4-04 BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR 2 REFERENCE VOLTAGE 5V 5V
ADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROL BOOSTER CONTROL MODULE AL4 / 16-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
SG AL4-05 BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR 2 SIGNAL GROUND GROUND GROUND EM87 / 10-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK
SG AL4-07 BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR 1 SIGNAL GROUND GROUND GROUND ADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROL BRAKE BOOSTER AL1 / 6-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR
O AL4-08 BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR 1 REFERENCE VOLTAGE 5V 5V ADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROL CONTROL MODULE LF61 / 24-WAY DELPHI MICROPACK 100W SERIES / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FORWARD OF RADIATOR
O AL4-09 AIR CONTROL VALVE SOLENOID POWER SUPPLY 5V 5V ADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROL MASTER SWITCH FC63 / 10-WAY AMP MQL / NATURAL REARWARD OF GEAR SELECTOR
I AL4-10 RELEASE SWITCH NORMALLY OPEN GROUND 5V BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR 1 AL2 / 3-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR
I AL4-11 RELEASE SWITCH NORMALLY CLOSED 5V GROUND BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR 2 AL3 / 3-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR
I AL4-13 BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR 2 FEEDBACK 0–5V BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH AC24 / 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
I AL4-16 BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR 1 FEEDBACK 0–5V ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 / 31-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
I EM87-02 IGNITION SWITCHED SUPPLY B+ B+ EM81 / 24-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
C EM87-03 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz EM82 / 17-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM83 / 28-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
I EM87-06 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
EM84 / 22-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
C EM87-07 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz EM85 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
I EM87-10 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) SW3 / 3-WAY EPC / BLACK CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE
ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control modules
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. and control module pins.
CAN 20.2
G
CAN 20.2
Y
CAN 20.2
G Y 20.2 CAN
CAN 20.2
Y G 20.2 CAN
NW C Y Y Y Y C + C Y Y C + NR
79 B+ + + B+ 89
LF61-2 LF61-12 LF40-3 EMS53 EMS57 EM83-24 EM83-25 EMS55 EM87-3 EM87-6
46 WR B+ – C G G G G C – – C G G C – B+
WR 47
II EMS52 EMS56 EMS54 II
LF61-3 LF61-11 LF40-4 EM83-15 EM83-16 EM87-7 EM87-2
CAN 20.2
Y C +
LF61-13
CAN 20.2
G C – I B
LF61-14 I B AL4-16 AL2-3
LF61-1 O B
LF1BS AL4-8 AL2-2
B
ADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROL AL4-7 AL2-1
CONTROL MODULE
BRAKE BOOSTER
PRESSURE SENSOR 1
I B
DIMMER 10.2
RG AL4-13 AL3-3
OVERRIDE FC63
-10 O B
510 Ω 270 Ω
YU YU O AL4-4 AL3-2
FC63 B
-7 EM3-4 EM80-16
12 WG WU WU WU U U U I AL4-5 AL3-1
II FC63 FC63 FCS71 AC24-3 AC24-2 EM3-6
-8 ON / OFF -9 AC13-16 AC13-15 EM80-20
BRAKE BOOSTER
BRAKE CANCEL PRESSURE SENSOR 2
ADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROL SWITCH
MASTER SWITCH
WU WU I
EM3-3 EM81-13
O B
AL4-9 AL1-4
PWM O B
DRIVE
680 Ω AL4-1 AL1-3 AIR CONTROL
VALVE SOLENOID
HEADWAY –
CASSETTE I B
430 Ω
BO YR YR YR YR I AL4-11 AL1-2
SW3-4 SET / ACCEL SW3-3 SW2-4 SW1 SC3-4 EM3-2 EM81-14 I B
-4
AL4-10 AL1-1 RELEASE
SWITCH
SET / DECEL
O B
680 Ω AL4-2 AL1-5
CASSETTE I B
CANCEL
BO BO BO BK EM87-10
SW2-6 SW1 SC3-12 FCS48 EM2BR
SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES -6 (EM1BR)
I Input Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) VARIANT: Adaptive Speed Control Vehicles
1 6 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 7 52 Fig. 01.2 53 92 Fig. 01.3 6
II
52
II
Fig. 01.4 53
E
67
E
Fig. 01.5 1 19
I
Fig. 02.1
O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications S SCP Network
VIN RANGE: A00116 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: September 1999
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
Fig. 07.1
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE
P Pin Description Active Inactive
O AC1-6 DEFROST VENT SERVO MOTOR B+ 0V
COMPONENTS
O AC1-7 CENTER VENT SERVO MOTOR B+ 0V Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
O AC1-8 LH FRESH / RECIRCULATION VENT MOTOR B+ 0V
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE AC1 / 26-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY A/C UNIT / RIGHT HAND SIDE
O AC1-9 RH FRESH / RECIRCULATION VENT MOTOR B+ 0V AC2 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
O AC1-12 FOOTWELL VENT SERVO MOTOR B+ 0V AC3 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
O AC1-13 COOL AIR BYPASS VENT SERVO MOTOR B+ 0V AC4 / 22-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
O AC1-19 DEFROST VENT SERVO MOTOR B+ 0V AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL FC43 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLUE CENTER CONSOLE
O AC1-20 CENTER VENT SERVO MOTOR B+ 0V AIR INTAKE – LH BLOWER AC5 / 15-WAY SUMITOMO 090 HYBRID / GREEN A/C UNIT / LEFT HAND SIDE
O AC1-21 LH FRESH / RECIRCULATION VENT SERVO MOTOR B+ 0V AIR INTAKE – RH BLOWER AC6 / 15-WAY SUMITOMO 090 HYBRID / GREEN A/C UNIT / RIGHT HAND SIDE
O AC1-22 RH FRESH / RECIRCULATION VENT SERVO MOTOR B+ 0V AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR LF29 / 2-WAY YAZAKI 0902 / BLACK ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND HORN
O AC1-25 FOOTWELL SERVO MOTOR B+ 0V ASPIRATOR ASSEMBLY FC12 / 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER KNEE BOLSTER
O AC1-26 COOL AIR BYPASS SERVO MOTOR B+ 0V EVAPORATOR / HEATER MATRIX ASSEMBLY AC7 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK A/C UNIT / LEFT HAND SIDE
I AC2-1 SOLAR SENSOR FEEDBACK 0.75 V – 4.75 V; INCREASING WITH SOLAR LOAD SOLAR SENSOR FC52 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY DRIVER SIDE FASCIA / ADJACENT TO DEFROST VENT
I AC2-2 CENTER VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK > 3.5 V = OPEN < 1 V = CLOSED VENT ASSEMBLY FC44 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK A/C UNIT / TOP
I AC2-3 RH FRESH / RECIRCULATION VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK > 3.5 V = OPEN < 1 V = CLOSED
I AC2-5 COOL AIR BYPASS VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK > 3.5 V = OPEN < 1 V = CLOSED
I AC2-6 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE 2.5 V @ 90˚ C; DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE
RELAYS
I AC2-10 DEFROST VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK > 3.5 V = OPEN < 1 V = CLOSED Relay Color / Stripe Connector / Color Location / Access
I AC2-11 LH FRESH / RECIRCULATION VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK > 3.5 V = OPEN < 1 V = CLOSED
AIR CONDITIONING ISOLATE RELAY BLACK FC24 / BLACK RH FASCIA RELAYS
I AC2-13 FOOTWELL VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK > 3.5 V = OPEN < 1 V = CLOSED
O AC3-2 CLOCK B+ (1.45 Hz)
D AC3-3 SERIAL DATA OUTPUT TO CONTROL PANEL HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
I AC3-5 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR FEEDBACK 2.18 V @ 25˚ C; DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE
I AC3-6 HEATER MATRIX TEMPERATURE SENSOR FEEDBACK 2.25 V @ 20˚ C; DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE Connector Type / Color Location / Access
D AC3-7 SERIAL DATA INPUT FROM CONTROL PANEL AC12 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE FASCIA TOP CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
O AC3-8 START B+ (MOMENTARY) 0V AC13 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
I AC3-11 IN CAR TEMPERATURE SENSOR FEEDBACK 3.25 V @ 0˚ C; DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE AC15 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
I AC3-12 EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR FEEDBACK 3.25 V @ 0˚ C; DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE AC15 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
I AC4-1 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B+ 0V LF60 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
I AC4-2 ISOLATE RELAY CONTROLLED BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ 0V
I AC4-3 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND 0V B+
O AC4-4 CONTROL PANEL BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ 0V GROUNDS
I AC4-5 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
I AC4-6 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL 5 V @ 1000 RPM = 45 Hz; 2000 RPM = 90 Hz
Ground Location / Type
O AC4-8 POTENTIOMETER COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE 5V 5V FC2BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
D AC4-10 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS INPUT FC3CS EYELET (SINGLE) / TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
O AC4-12 CONTROL PANEL BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+ FC4BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
I AC4-13 GROUND 0V 0V
O AC4-14 CONTROL PANEL GROUND SUPPLY 0V 0V
O AC4-15 ISOLATE RELAY ACTIVE B+ 0V FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
I AC4-16 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL 22 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H); 44 Hz @ 20 MPH (32 KM/H) @ B+
O AC4-18 ASPIRATOR MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ 0V
O AC4-19 POTENTIOMETER COMMON REFERENCE GROUND 0V 0V
I AC4-20 GROUND 0V 0V
D AC4-21 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS OUTPUT
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE
ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control modules
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. and control module pins.
LF29 LF29
-2 -1
BW U GW B BW OY BW RG UY YR O RW RU P P O KU UG BW SU UO GU UY UW UR P P BW YG PY Y P BW YW RB NR
FC12 FC12 FC12 FC12 LF60 LF60 FC44 FC44 FC44 FC44 FC44 FC44 FC44 FC44 FC52 FC52 AC7 AC7 AC7 AC7 AC7 AC7 AC7 AC7 AC7 AC7 AC5 AC5 AC5 AC5 AC5 AC6 AC6 AC6 AC6 AC6
-1 -2 -3 -4 -11 -10 -2 -3 -5 -4 -6 -8 -7 -9 -1 -2 -1 -10 -2 -3 -5 -4 -6 -8 -7 -9 -1 -2 -6 -12 -7 -1 -2 -6 -12 -7
NOTES: When the ignition switched ground input is
interrupted during engine cranking, the A/CCM does not BW U GW BW OY BW RG UY YR O RW RU U U OG WU U BW YB UY GU UY OY O U U BW YG RW Y U BW Y R NR
drive high power consuming components.
The A/C Isolate Relay remains energized by the A/CCM
for 30 seconds after the ignition is switched OFF to AC15 AC12 AC15 AC15 AC15 AC15 AC15 AC15 AC15 AC15
-9 -18 -5 -12 -14 -13 -15 -17 -16 -4
provide power for the A/CCM to ‘park’ the servos.
U GW OY RG UY YR O RW RU OG
U U
FCS33 AC15-10 ACS4
FCS34
BW BW
8 WU WU B+ O AC1-06
RW AC15-11 ACS21
II UY
AC4-01 O AC1-07
18 WR WR I O AC1-08
RW
I R
AC4-03 O AC1-09
NW NW O OY
40 B+ AC1-12
AC4-05 O AC1-13
UY
O AC1-19
RU
FC24 4
O AC1-20
YR
NW 3 5 GW GW O Y
41 B+ AC1-21
AC13-12 AC4-02 O AC1-22
NR
B B 2 1 GW GW O O AC1-25
O
FCS49 AC15-8 AC4-15 O AC1-26
GU
FC4BR
I AC2-1
OG
(FC2BR) AIR CONDITIONING
ISOLATE RELAY I AC2-2
RG
I AC2-3
Y
I AC2-5
YB
I AC2-10
O
I AC2-11
YG
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
08.1
YG YG I I AC2-13
UY
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) * NOTE: Early production vehicles.
AC12-10 AC2-06
ENGINE SPEED
08.1
RW RW I O AC3-02
Y YB (Y*)
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
AC12-8 AC4-06 D AC3-03
YG AC12-1
VEHICLE SPEED
08.1
OY OY I I AC3-05
OY YG
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
AC12-9 AC4-16 I AC3-06
U AC12-4
D AC3-07
Y Y
SERIAL COMMUNICATION 20.2 20.1
W D O AC3-08
YR AC12-3
AC4-10 I AC3-11
U YR
SERIAL COMMUNICATION 20.2 20.1
O D I AC3-12
WU AC12-2
AC4-21
O AC4-04
WU WU
O AC4-08
U AC12-6
O AC4-12
WR WR R 10.2
B AC12-5 DIMMER
I AC4-13 CONTROLLED
O AC4-14
B B RG 10.2
LIGHTING
O AC4-18
GW AC12-7
O AC4-19
BW
BK
I AC4-20 B
FCS46 FC43 FC43 FC43 FC43 FC43 FC43 FC43 FC43 FC43
-7 -5 -6 -2 -3 -4 -1 -8 -9
AIR CONDITIONING B
B WR WU YR Y YG Y R RG
CONTROL MODULE
FC2BR
FC3CS (FC4BR)
I I I I D D I I I
B+ B+
CLOCK
DATA
ILLUMINATION
DIMMER
START
DATA
LOCATE
OVERRIDE
CONTROL PANEL
RELAYS
Relay Color / Stripe Connector / Color Location / Access
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY BROWN BUS LH ENCLOSURE RELAYS
BLOWER MOTOR RELAY – LH BLACK AC20 / BLACK DRIVESHAFT TUNNEL RELAYS
BLOWER MOTOR RELAY – RH BLACK AC20 / BLACK DRIVESHAFT TUNNEL RELAYS
DOOR MIRROR HEATER RELAY BLACK FC28 / BLACK LH FASCIA RELAYS
HEATED BACKLIGHT RELAY (#2) BROWN BUS TRUNK RELAYS
HEATER PUMP RELAY (#1) BROWN BUS ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX RELAYS
WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY – LH BROWN EM44 / BROWN RH ENCLOSURE RELAYS
WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY – RH BROWN EM45 / BROWN RH ENCLOSURE RELAYS
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
AC12 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE FASCIA TOP CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
AC13 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
AC15 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
BT2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
BT58 4-WAY ECONOSEAL III HC / BLACK TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
DD1 23-WAY AMP – FORD / BLACK DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM
DP1 23-WAY AMP – FORD / BLACK PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
EM1 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
LF3 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
LF40 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
LF60 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
PI1 57-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
RH2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
EM1AR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM1BL EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM1BS EYELET (SINGLE) / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM2AR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM2BL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM2BS EYELET (SINGLE) / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
FC2AL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC4AL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
LF2AL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH
LF2AR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH
LF2BL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data RH2S EYELET (SINGLE) / LEFT HAND REAR QUARTER
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE
ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control modules
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. and control module pins.
EM45
NR 3 5 GO B
91
* NOTE: Early production vehicles. EM48-1 EM48-2
UY 2 1 WR 16
II
RH WINDSHIELD HEATER
NG OG OG EM1BL
75 (EM1BS)
LF12-2 LF12-1 LF9-2
RH WINDSHIELD HEATER
W GU (W*) WU 55 NOTE: Radiator cooling and Air Conditioning RELAY
RH RADIATOR FAN LF9-9 LF9-8 E Compressor circuits are duplicated here for
LF40-6
clarity. Refer to Fig. 04.3 and Fig. 045.
EM44
B OY OY NG NG 3 5 GW B
76 90
LF13-1 LF13-2 LF9-5 LF9-3 EM49-1 EM49-2
WU WU EM17 UY 2 1 WR 17
LH RADIATOR FAN II
LF40-7 LF9-7 RG 5 3 NG EMS24
LF2AL 87 LH WINDSHIELD HEATER
EM2BS
(EM2BL)
B RW 2 1 WU 63
E UY LH WINDSHIELD HEATER
LF9-1
RELAY
FC28
LF2AR AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY NW 3 5 RG RG RG RG B B B
EM2-4 8
AC13-4 ACS1 DD1-5 DD8-9 DD8-11 DDS1 DD1-1
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL
RELAY MODULE GR 2 1 WU 7 FC4AL
II DRIVER MIRROR (FC2AL)
AC15-19
RG RG B
EMS26 PI1-13 PI36-1 RG RG B B B
UY DOOR MIRROR HEATER
I EM80-10 WU RELAY DP1-5 DP8-9 DP8-11 DPS1 DP1-1
EM80-11 UY AIR CONDITIONING FC2AL
I
COMPRESSOR PASSENGER MIRROR (FC4AL))
O EM80-12 U CLUTCH
I EM80-22 Y
I EM80-23 UY AC13-8
BT13-10
O EM80-25 RW 3 5 UY UY B
1
P #17 25A BT13-3 BT58-3 RH17 RH18
O EM81-04 WU 37 1 2 GU
2–30 BAR II
O EM81-05 W U U BK BT10-8
HEATED BACKLIGHT
LF3-6 LF57-5 LF57-2 RH2S
20 BAR HEATED BACKLIGHT RELAY (#2)
WU WU LF2BL
LF40-9 LF57-1
ENGINE CONTROL 12 BAR TRUNK FUSE BOX
MODULE Y Y RG 9
II GU GU
LF40-11 LF57-3 LF57-4
AC13-10 RH2-7 BT2-1
RG RG RG REFRIGERANT
I AC1-01 4-WAY PRESSURE
O AC1-02
U AC12-13 EM2-6 SWITCH RHD 23
O AC1-03
UY AC20
O UY NG 3 5 OY UW
AC1-04 LHD 47
O AC1-05
GR AC6-5
O AC1-16
GR UY 2 1 WU 10
RW II
O AC1-17
O AC1-18
GU
RU (U*)
RH BLOWER MOTOR 1
EM2 EM1 EM1 AC12-14 EM2-14 RELAY
-12 -13 -3 OG U
* NOTE: Early production vehicles. AC12-16
4
UY U UY AC12-17
AC6-13
B B
RW 2
AC6-8
AC12 AC13 AC12 U
I AC2-7
OG -19 -9 -12
O AC2-8
GO GO G
I AC2-15
U AC6-10 3
O AC2-16
GU FC2AL
RH BLOWER MOTOR
O AC3-1
UY
EM2-5 LF60-18
RHD 47
I AC4-7
U AC20
O UY U NW 8 10 O UR
AC4-9 LHD 23
I AC4-17
U AC5-5
U B B B P Y Y Y 5 3 GR 7 6 WU 9
4 II
EM43-2 EM43-1 EMS31 EM41-2 EM41-1 LF3-1 LF7-2 #15 10A
RW 2 1
52
LF5-5 II
AIR CONDITIONING HEATER VALVE HEATER PUMP LH BLOWER MOTOR 1
CONTROL MODULE HEATER PUMP RELAY (#1) RELAY
U U
AC5-13 4
B ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX B B
AC5-8 2
LH BLOWER MOTOR
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network Messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE
ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control modules
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. and control module pins.
B+
RG B+
R FC25-2 FC79-17
29 B+
ILLUMINATION
FC25-15 O RW SUPPLY
ILLUMINATION
13 WG B+ FC25-17 FC79-8
II
FC25-1
O R I BATTERY CHARGE
BATTERY VOLTAGE WARNING
DIMMER CONTROLLED
10.2
RU I ILLUMINATION FC26-1 FC79-11
LIGHTING SUPPLY
FC25-6
OIL PRESSURE O RW (OY*) I OIL PRESSURE
WARNING
DIMMER CONTROLLED
10.2
RG I DIMMER FC26-2 FC79-18
LIGHTING OVERRIDE
FC26-21 O RG I BATTERY VOLTAGE
BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE
FC26-8 FC79-13
O Y (RU*) I BATTERY VOLTAGE
BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE
SCP 20.2 20.1
Y S + FC26-9 FC79-12
FC25-13 O G (R*) I BATTERY VOLTAGE
BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE
SCP 20.2 20.1
U S – FC26-11 FC79-15
FC25-14 O RU I BATTERY VOLTAGE
BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE
FC26-12 FC79-14
A/CCM 07.1
YG O ENGINE COOLANT FC3BL
TEMPERATURE
FC26-4
A/CCM 07.1
OY O VEHICLE SPEED
FC26-5
MINOR INSTRUMENT PACK
POWER ASSISTED STEERING 06.2
U O
CONTROL MODULE VEHICLE SPEED
(CIRCUITS CONTINUED) FC26-6 NOTE: Minor Instrument Pack and wiring are deleted
OG on Navigation vehicles.
ADAPTIVE DAMPING O
CONTROL MODULE 06.3 VEHICLE SPEED
FC26-7
I UY
TRIP SELECT
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
06.3
YR I ADAPTIVE DAMPING FC25-8 FC27-7 A/B
CONTROL MODULE WARNING (TRIP SELECT)
FC25-3
MESSAGE I Y
FC25-18 FC27-8
CLEAR
IMPERIAL; R
1 ΚΩ METRIC; I
FUEL LEVEL RW RW RW RW O U.S.A. FC25-9 FC27-1
MI / KM
SENSOR FT4 FT1-6 BT2-18 RH1-14 FC26-14
900Ω E F 80Ω
I YB YB BK BK BK BK
TRIP CYCLE
P FC25-7 SC2-5 SCS1 SC2-9 FCS48
I BK BK
FC25-4 FCS48
BK BK OG OG I LOW COOLANT I B B
EMS38 WARNING FCS49
EM55-1 EM55-2 EM1-19 FC26-23 FC25-16
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network Messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE
ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control modules
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. and control module pins.
N
15 B+
FC14-80
NW
19 B+
FC14-104
RW I
1
FC14-41
5 WU I
II
FC14-15
17 WR I
I
FC14-32
AUDIBLE O GR GR
WARNING 1
FC14-82 SC1-10
SCP SOURCES: AUDIBLE O GB GB
WARNING 2
• DIRECTION INDICATORS; HAZARD WARNING; SIDE LAMPS – Fig. 09.1, Fig. 09.2 FC14-83 SC1-11
• VALET SWITCH; TRUNK RELEASE – Fig. 13.1 SCP 20.2 20.1
U S –
• MEMORY – Fig. 12.1 FC14-84 SPEAKER
• CONVERTIBLE TOP MOVEMENT – Fig. 15.2 SCP 20.2 20.1
Y S +
• KEY-IN-IGNITION SWITCH / DRIVER DOOR SWITCH – Fig. 13.1 FC14-85
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
• NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH – Fig. 05.3 AUDIBLE
WARNING
• SEAT BELT SWITCH – Fig. 12.1 CONTROL
AUDIBLE WARNINGS:
• DIRECTION INDICATORS
• HAZARD WARNING
• SIDE LAMPS ON
LOGIC
• VALET MODE WARNING
POWER
• GEAR SELECTOR IN PARK
• MEMORY CHIME
• SECURITY ARM / DISARM
BODY PROCESSOR • CONVERTIBLE TOP MOVEMENT (CONVERTIBLE VEHICLES)
MODULE • KEY-IN-IGNITION SWITCH / DRIVER DOOR AJAR (NAS VEHICLES ONLY)
• SEAT BELT DISCONNECTED (NAS VEHICLES ONLY)
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
EM1AR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM2AR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
FC2BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC3BL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
FC3BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
FC4BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
LF1AL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / RIGHT HAND HEADLAMP
LF2BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE
ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control modules
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. and control module pins.
U
#21 10A LF5-4
UY
MAIN BEAM RELAY (#3)
N #8 10A LF6-8
15 B+
FC14-80 3 5 U
4
– S U NG #6 10A LF6-4
50 B+
FC25-14 FCS11 FC14-79 1 2 RG (OG*)
4
+ S Y RW I LF6-9
1
FC25-13 FCS12 FC14-41 O * NOTE: Early production vehicles.
DIP BEAM RELAY (#5)
5 WU I LF8-3
LIGHTING II
INDICATORS FC14-15 3 5 N (OY*)
4
#17 15A LF8-10
U S – 52 1 2 OG
II LF5-8 O B
FC14-84
Y S + LF32-1 LF32-2
MAJOR FRONT FOG RELAY (#2)
INSTRUMENT PACK FC14-85
LH FRONT FOG LAMP
ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
NR OG O OG OG U
16
FC55-9 FC55-18 FC14-20 FCS37 LF1-7 LF31-3
FRONT FOG STATE
OG MAIN
O
FC14-68 LF1-5 UY B
FC55-20
REAR FOG STATE O U LF31-2 LF31-4
RU (O*) RU (O*) I FC14-45 LF1-6 DIP
O GO GO B
FC14-27 LF1-3 LF4-1 LF4-2
U U U I
SC2-2 FC14-30
LH SIDE DI REPEATER (ROW)
HEADLAMP
FLASH
FC3BL O W W B
LIGHTING STALK FC14-3 LF1-1 LF21-5 LF21-6
DI
DIMMER MODULE:
10.2
RW
SIDE LAMPS ON
O RW RW B
FC14-28 LF1-8 LF10-1 LF10-2 LFS8
B
LF1AL
LOGIC RH SIDE MARKER (NAS ONLY)
NOTE: DI bulb failure – BPM internal function.
Daytime Running Lamps – BPM programmed function.
POWER
O GR GR GR B B
FC14-81 EM2-16 EL6-1 EL5-1 EL5-2 EL6-2 EMS31
B
RH SIDE DI REPEATER (ROW) EM2AR
BODY PROCESSOR (EM1AR)
MODULE
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE
ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control modules
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. and control module pins.
U
NOT USED
BT11-5 BB1-3
U
BRAKE SWITCH
#8 5A BT11-8 OG 06.3 ADAPTIVE DAMPING
NR NR 3 5 O
53 B+ (REVERSE LAMPS) 1
BT40-6 #6 5A BT11-4
U FCS11 U U U S – 1 2 OG OG OG OG OG OG GB B WU 6
SCP 20.2 20.1 1 II
RH2-11 BT1-10 BT40-16 O OG BT11-9 BTS5 BT1-9 RH1-19 FCS35 AC13-3 AC24-1 AC24-4
BT1AR LIGHTING 37 1 2 OG O
CONTROL II BT10-5 BTS3
REVERSE BT31-7
GEAR FOG
BULB FAILURE
Y
LIGHTING
INDICATORS SENSING BT31-6
U REVERSE
S –
FC14-84 BTS9 RU B
MAJOR Y S + BT31-2 BT31-1
TAIL
INSTRUMENT PACK FC14-85
N U
15 B+ (LOGIC) LAMP CONTROL MODULE
FC14-80 R O BT31-3
NW BT18-25 RW STOP
19 B+ (LIGHTING)
FC14-104 BT18-16 GW
NG 33 WG R BT31-4
50 B+ (LIGHTING)
II
B+
DI
FC14-79 BT18-24 BT18-17
FC55-20 FC14-44 RU RU RU B
FRONT FOG BLS2
BODY PROCESSOR BT18-18 BB1-2 BL1-2
MODULE RH TAIL; RG
REAR FOG FC55-17 NUMBER PLATE BB1-1
LAMPS BT18-22 RU B
BK BK W I U BL5-1 BL5-2 B
FCS47 FC55-2 FC55-19 FC14-12 LH STOP LAMP BT18-19
HAZARD
BK BK OY RH TAIL LAMP UNIT
BTS21 BTS23
BT18-26 RH STOP LAMP BT18-20
DIRECTION FC55-1 GO B
FC3BR
BT30-4 BT3S
LIGHTING STALK STOP
BT1AR HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP
OY
BT30-5
TAIL
L YG YG I O RU RU
SC2-7 FC14-88 FC14-95 RH2-16 BT2-9 RG B
R WG WG I O GW GW BT30-6 BT30-7
REVERSE
INDICATOR SC2-8 FC14-61 FC14-50 RH2-3 BT1-2
O GO GO Y
FC14-76 RH2-1 BT1-1 BT30-2
FOG
O
DIP UY UY I U U U B B B BT30-1
REAR VIEW MIRRORS: YU YU (CONV.) (CONV.) BLS1 DI
SC2-4 FC14-42 BB1-3 BL1-3 BL8-1 (CONV.) BL8-2 (CONV.)
AUTO HEADLAMPS / 11.3
MIRROR TINT RH8-2 (COUPE) RH8-1 (COUPE)
SC2-1
U U (COUPE)
RH SIDE MARKER (NAS ONLY)
SIDE
(COUPE) BT1-17 BL1-1
BK BK BK BK DIP SIDE RW RW RW RW I B
FCS48 SC2-9 SCS1 AUTO SCS1 SC2-3 FCS9 FC14-16 B RW B B
RHS2 BTS17
BT26-1 BT26-2
B
FC3BL LOGIC BT2AR
BB1-1 FRONT FOG STATE
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR RH1S
POWER B
LIGHTING
CONTROL BTS23
NOTE: BTS5 – Adaptive Damping only.
RW B
DIMMER MODULE: 10.2 STOP LAMP RELAY (#5)
SIDE LAMPS ON
BT3S
TAIL LAMP RELAY (#3)
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
HEADLAMP LEVELING ACTUATOR – LH LF34 / 3-WAY REINSHAGEN / BLACK HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY / REAR
HEADLAMP LEVELING ACTUATOR – RH LF24 / 3-WAY REINSHAGEN / BLACK HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY / REAR
LEVELING SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) FC55 / 20-WAY FORD IDC / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
LF60 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
FC3BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
LF1AL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / RIGHT HAND HEADLAMP
LF2BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control modules
and control module pins.
45 WR
II
FC55-5
43 WR
0 II
LF34-3 SERVO LH HEADLAMP
1 203 Ω 187 Ω AMPLIFIER
GW GW GW LEVELING ACTUATOR
2 FC55-6 LF60-15 LFS6 LF34-2
3
BK BK
FC55-2 FCS47
LEVELING SWITCH
FC3BR LF34-1
LFS9
B
LF2BR
44 WR
II
LF24-3 SERVO RH HEADLAMP
AMPLIFIER LEVELING ACTUATOR
GW
LF24-2
LF24-1
LFS8
B
LF1AL
I Input Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) VARIANT: Headlamp Leveling Vehicles
1 6 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 7 52 Fig. 01.2 53 92 Fig. 01.3 6
II
52
II
Fig. 01.4 53
E
67
E
Fig. 01.5 1 19
I
Fig. 02.1
O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications S SCP Network
VIN RANGE: A00116 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: September 1999
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
Fig. 10.1
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
P Pin Description Active Inactive
I DD10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
COMPONENTS
I DD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
S DD10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 / 104-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET
O DD10-14 DRIVER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND
DIODE (BT29) – TRUNK SWITCH BT29 / DIODE TRUNK,/ ADJACENT TO BATTERY
S DD10-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER DD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING
I DD10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND DD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
I DD11-4 DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL UNLOCK REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER DP10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING
I DD11-12 DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL LOCK REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND DP11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
I DD11-20 DRIVER DOOR SWITCH GROUND (DOOR OPEN) B+ DOOR LOCK SWITCHES – DRIVER DD3 / 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING
DOOR SWITCH – DRIVER DD3 / 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE DOOR SWITCH – PASSENGER DP3 / 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING
FOOTWELL LAMP – LH FC31 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK LEFT HAND FOOTWELL
P Pin Description Active Inactive FOOTWELL LAMP – RH FC32 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK RIGHT HAND FOOTWELL
I DP10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+ GLOVE BOX LAMP FC33 / 1-WAY LUCAR STRAIGHT / CLEAR GLOVE BOX
I DP10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND FC34 / 1-WAY LUCAR STRAIGHT / CLEAR
S DP10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH) FC4 / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE STEERING COLUMN
O DP10-14 PASSENGER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP SUPPLY B+ (LIGHT ON) GROUND PUDDLE LAMP – DRIVER DOOR DD14 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
S DP10-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz PUDDLE LAMP – PASSENGER DOOR DP14 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR
I DP10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND REAR INTERIOR LAMP (COUPE ONLY) RH3 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / WHITE REAR CENTER OF HEAD LINING
I DP11-20 PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH GROUND (DOOR OPEN) B+ ROOF CONSOLE RF10 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY INTERIOR ROOF
TRUNK LAMP – LH BT56 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / WHITE TRUNK / LEFT HAND SIDE
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE TRUNK LAMP – RH BT59 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / WHITE TRUNK / RIGHT HAND SIDE
P Pin Description Active Inactive TRUNK SWITCH BT46 / 2-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK TRUNK
VANITY LAMP – LH RF8 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW SUN VISOR
I FC14-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY GROUND
VANITY LAMP – RH RF7 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW SUN VISOR
O FC14-24 FOOTWELL / INTERIOR LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I FC14-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND
I FC14-41 IGNITION GROUND SUPPLY GROUND HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
I FC14-67 KEY IN IGNITION GROUND (KEY IN) B+
O FC14-74 INTERIOR LAMP FADE 2 OUTPUT B+ (FADES TO 0 V) Connector Type / Color Location / Access
I FC14-80 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) B+ B+ BT1 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
S FC14-84 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz DD1 23-WAY AMP – FORD / BLACK DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM
S FC14-85 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz DP1 23-WAY AMP – FORD / BLACK PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
O FC14-101 TRUNK / GLOVE BOX / VANITY LAMP POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND RF1 18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
I FC14-104 LIGHTING / MOTORS BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+ RH2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network Messages.
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BT1AR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
FC2AL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC2AR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC2BL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC2BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC3BL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
FC3BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
FC4AL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC4AR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC4BL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC4BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
RH1S EYELET (SINGLE) / RIGHT HAND REAR QUARTER
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE
ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control modules
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. and control module pins.
N
15 B+ (LOGIC)
FC14-80
NW NW B B
19 B+ (LIGHTING)
FC14-104 FC31-2 FC31-1 FCS50
NOTE: ‘Crank’ input is used to switch off interior lamps during engine cranking. RW I FC4BL
1 LH FOOT WELL LAMP (FC2BL)
FC14-41
5 WU I
II NW NW B B
FC14-15 O
FADE 1
17 WR I FC14-24 FCS1 FC32-2 FC32-1 FCS46
I
FC14-32 FC2BR
RH FOOT WELL LAMP (FC4BR)
BK BK O I
FCS48 FC4-5 FC4-4 FC14-67 NW NW B B
RH2-5 RH3-2 RH3-1 RHS2
IGNITION SWITCH
FC3BL (KEY-IN SWITCH) REAR INTERIOR LAMP RH1S
(COUPE ONLY)
BK GW I O GW
DD3-7 DD3-6 DD11-20 DD10-14 RW BK
RF7-1 RF7-3
DRIVER DOOR DOOR
SWITCH LAMP
CONTROL
RH VANITY LAMP
BK BK BK I LOGIC
DD1-2 DDS7 DD10-8
B B I POWER
DD1-21 DD10-17 LH MAP LAMP
SWITCH
DRIVER DOOR
FC4AR CONTROL MODULE RW
(FC2AR)
RF10-5
RW RW LH MAP LAMP
FADE 2 O
FC14-74 RF1-12 RF10-4
BK BK BK
N S U U RF10-1 RFS1 RF1-3
48 B+ –
DP10-1 DP10-9 DP1-8 RH MAP LAMP
FC3BR
+ S Y Y
LOGIC
DP10-16 DP1-3 RH MAP LAMP
SWITCH
BK GW I POWER
DP3-7 DP3-6 DP11-20 O GW
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
DP10-14
PASSENGER DOOR
SWITCH DOOR BODY PROCESSOR ROOF CONSOLE
LAMP MODULE
CONTROL
BK BK BK I LOGIC GW B B B
DP1-2 DPS7 DP10-8 DD14-2 DD14-1 DDS1 DD1-1
B B I POWER FC4AL
DRIVER DOOR (FC2AL)
DP1-21 DP10-17 PUDDLE LAMP
PASSENGER DOOR GW B B B
FC2AR CONTROL MODULE DP14-2 DP14-1 DPS1 DP1-1
(FC4AR)
FC2AL
PASSENGER DOOR (FC4AL)
PUDDLE LAMP
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
AC15 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
DD1 23-WAY AMP – FORD / BLACK DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM
DP1 23-WAY AMP – FORD / BLACK PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
IC1 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
SC3 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CE2 EYELET (SINGLE) / ABOVE RIGHT HAND SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
FC2AL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC2BL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC2BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC3BL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
FC3BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
FC4AL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC4BL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC4BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE
ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control modules
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. and control module pins.
LOCATE ILLUMINATION
ILLUMINATION
ILLUMINATION
ILLUMINATION
ILLUMINATION
ILLUMINATION
LOCATE LH SEAT RH SEAT FRONTFOG REAR FOG HEADLAMP
HAZARD HEATER HEATER LAMPS LAMPS TRACTION LEVELING
OVERRIDE
OVERRIDE
OVERRIDE
OVERRIDE
OVERRIDE
DIMMER
DIMMER
DIMMER
DIMMER
DIMMER
SUPPLY
SUPPLY
SUPPLY
SUPPLY
SUPPLY
OVERRIDE
DIMMER
FC79 FC79 FC25 FC25 FC26 FC25 IC22 FC97 FC97 IC20 IC20 IC19
-16 -8 -17 -6 -21 -16 -14 -12 -11 -20 -21 -6
RG RG RG RG DIMMER
FCS4 FC35-10 OVERRIDE
SC11-2 SC3-8
RU BK BK
RU O FC35-5 FC35-1 FCS47
FCS72 FC23-1 LOCATE
RU O FC3BR
FC23-2 MODE SWITCH
NR (TRANSMISSION)
51 B+
FC23-10
NR O RU RU B
52 B+
FC23-11 FC23-7 FCS73 FC62-9 FC62-7
15 WR I LOCATE
I
FC23-3
CONVERTIBLE TOP SWITCH
UY UY UY O
SC11-4 SC3-9 FC23-12 R B
Y Y Y I FC59 FC42-1 FCS49
R LOCATE B
SC11-5 SC3-10 FC23-5 O
G G G O FC23-8 FCS3 FC4BR
(FC2BR)
SC11-6 SC3-11 FC23-6 CIGAR LIGHTER
RW RW
DIMMER SC11-3 RU B
OVERRIDE
FC63-5 FC63-1
LOCATE
DIMMER CONTROL
RG DIMMER
OVERRIDE
FC63-10
R SPEED CONTROL
DIP UY ON / OFF SWITCH
SC2-4
R B
AC15-7
SIDE FC27-3 FC27-4
BK BK BK BK DIP SIDE RW RW RW RW LOCATE
I
FCS48 SC2-9 SCS1 AUTO SCS1 SC2-3 FCS9 FC23-4 R
TRIP COMPUTER
SWITCH PACK
FC3BL
LIGHTING STALK B B B R R R
I
FCS46 FC23-9 DD17-4 DD17-5 DDS5 DD1-9 ACS7 R B B
FC41-4 FC41-2 FCS50
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
FC2BR LOCATE LOCATE
(FC4BR)
BPM: SIDE LAMPS ON 14.1 09.2 09.1
RW FC4BL
DIMMER MODULE DRIVER DOOR (FC2BL)
TRUNK AND FUEL FILL
SWITCH PACK RELEASE SWITCH
R B
B B B R FC88-5 FC88-10
B B B R R R B
DP1-1 DPS1 DP17-3 DP17-4 DP1-9 FC67-9 FC67-5
LOCATE LOCATE
FC2AL
(FC4AL)
PASSENGER DOOR VALET SWITCH
SWITCH PACK
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE
ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control modules
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. and control module pins.
FC14-85
BK BK O WU BG Y UY BR WU BW RU U BW
I
FCS48 FC4-5 FC4-4 FC14-67
IGNITION SWITCH
(KEY-IN SWITCH) O BG
FC3BL
FC14-90
O WU
FC14-40 FCS17
BK BK BK YB YB I I Y
FCS47 FC87-3 FC87-1 FC14-58 FC14-93
O UY
NOT-IN-PARK
FC3BR
MICROSWITCH FC14-99
STEERING BR
COLUMN O
MOVEMENT FC14-100
CONTROL
O BW
FC14-91
270 Ω
I RU
FC14-66
100 Ω
O U
NR NR Y Y I FC14-78
20 470 Ω
SC3-5 SC9-1 SC9-3 SC3-6 FC14-87 O BW
FC14-52
820 Ω
COLUMN
I B B
MOTORS
COLUMN JOY STICK GROUND FC14-25 FCS46
LOGIC
BK BK BK BK YB YB I POWER
FCS48 SC2-9 SCS1 SC9-7 SC9-5 SC3-7 FC14-11 FC2BR
AUTO TILT SWITCH (FC4BR)
N
25 B+
DD10-1
U U U U S –
AC14-8 ACS5 DD1-8 DD10-9
Y Y Y Y S +
AC14-9 ACS6 DD1-3 DD10-16
NW MEMORY 1 O I
35
DD5-5 DD5-7 DD11-21
MEMORY SET WU I
DD5-10 DD11-6
MEMORY 2 UY I
NOTE: Memory circuit –
Driver Memory Seat vehicles only. DD5-6 DD11-22
U O
SET MEMORY DD5-8 DD11-2
STATUS
MIRROR
CONTROL
DRIVER DOOR MEMORY
SWITCH PACK
BK GW I
DD3-7 DD3-6 DD11-20
DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH
BK BK BK I LOGIC
DD1-2 DDS7 DD10-8
B B I POWER
DD1-21 DD10-17
FC4AR
(FC2AR)
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
P Pin Description Active Inactive
C FC25-11 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
S FC25-13 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S FC25-14 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
C FC25-23 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network Messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE
ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control modules
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. and control module pins.
– S U U
DRIVER DOOR ACS5
FC4AR SWITCH DD10-9 DD1-8
(FC2AR)
+ S Y Y
DD10-16 DD1-3 ACS6
DD8 DD8 DD8 DD8 DD8 DD8 DD8 DP8 DP8 DP8 DP8 DP8 DP8 DP8
NW MEMORY 1 O I -2 -6 -8 -3 -5 -10 -4 -2 -6 -8 -3 -5 -10 -4
35
DD5-5 DD5-7 DD11-21
MEMORY SET WU I WU BK OG UY RU U BW WU BK OG UY RU U BW
DD5-10 DD11-6
MEMORY 2 UY I O WU
NOTE: Memory circuit – DD5-6 DD11-22 DD10-20
Driver Memory Seat vehicles only. U O I OG
SET MEMORY DD5-8 DD11-2 DD10-22
STATUS O UY
MIRROR DD10-4
DRIVER DOOR MEMORY CONTROL
SWITCH PACK I RU
DD10-21
O U
NW DIRECTION NR I DD10-3
36
DD17-10 DD17-2 DD11-1 O BW
LH VERTICAL O I DD10-2
DD17-11 DD11-17
LH HORIZONTAL WB I
DD17-12 DD11-10
FOLD-BACK
DD17-1
RH VERTICAL YR I BK BK BK
LOGIC I
DD17-13 DD11-3 DD10-8 DDS7 DD1-2
RH HORIZONTAL Y I B B
BK BK BK POWER I
DDS7 DD17-14 DD11-9 DD10-17 DD1-21
DD1-2 DD17-20
FC4AR
FC4AR MIRROR JOY STICK DRIVER DOOR (FC2AR)
(FC2AR)
CONTROL MODULE
FC2AR
PASSENGER DOOR (FC4AR)
CONTROL MODULE
I DD10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+ MIRROR JOY STICK (DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK) DD17 / 20-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
I DD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND SEAT CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER SD3 / 16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHION
S DD10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz SD4 / 26-WAY FORD IDC / BLACK
S DD10-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz SD5 / 10-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
I DD11-15 DOOR MIRROR POWER FOLD BACK REQUEST B+ GROUND SEAT CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER SP3 / 16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHION
SP5 / 10-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE BT40 / 16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIER
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE BT41 / 26-WAY FORD IDC / BLACK
P Pin Description Active Inactive RH20 / COAXIAL CONNECTOR
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE
ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control modules
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. and control module pins.
NW N S U U U U Y
36 25 B+ – 20.1 20.2 SCP
DD17-10 DD10-1 DD10-9 DD1-8 ACS5 AC14-8
+ S Y Y Y Y
DD10-16 DD1-3 ACS6 AC14-9 U S – + C Y 20.1 20.2 CAN
CONTROL
FC25-14 FC25-11
Y S + – C G 20.1 20.2 CAN
FOLD-BACK WG I I BK BK BK FC25-13 FC25-23
DD17-1 DD11-15 DD10-8 DDS7 DD1-2 VEHICLE
SPEED
FC4AR
DRIVER DOOR (FC2AR) REVERSE
CONTROL MODULE GEAR
NR S U U
MIRROR JOY STICK 7 B+ – MAJOR
SD5-5 SD5-10 SD1-3 FCS11 INSTRUMENT PACK
+ S Y Y FCS12 U U PB MIRROR TINT
DD17-20
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK SD5-9 SD1-8 DD1-20 DD8-12
BK MIRROR
CONTROL
DDS7 NOTE: Refer to Fig. 11.2 for mirror movement. O R R R R R R R
BK MIRROR SD3-4 SD1-7 FCS6 AC16-4 DD1-6 DDS3 DD8-1
DD1-2 I B B B
SD5-2 SDS3 SD1-1
BK
FC4AR FC6L YR YR YR S
(FC2AR) DRIVER SEAT (FC5L)
CONTROL MODULE AC16-6 DD1-14 DD8-7
SLIP MECHANISM
+ S Y Y Y
BT40-8 BT1-11 RH2-12 15 WR
LIGHTING B+
II RF2-1
CONTROL
O Y U U U
BT40-5 AC13-19 RF1-14 RF2-4
MIRROR TINT
I BK YU YU
BT40-13 RF1-11 RF2-5 AUTO
HEADLAMPS
I BK BTS21 BTS9 Y Y Y Y
BT40-14 BT1-19 RH2-17 RF1-2 RF2-2
BK BK BK BK
RF1-3 RFS1 RF2-3
SECURITY AND LOCKING BT1AR
CONTROL MODULE
FC3BR INTERIOR
REAR VIEW MIRROR
N S U
15 B+ –
FC14-80 FC14-84 Y 09.2
NG S Y
50 B+ + REVERSE LAMPS
FC14-79 FC14-85 Y 09.2
5 WU I
II
FC14-15
DIP UY UY UY I
YU YU SC2-4 FC14-42
SC2-1
SIDE
BK BK BK BK DIP SIDE RW RW RW RW I
FCS48 SC2-9 SCS1 AUTO SCS1 SC2-3 FCS9 FC14-16
LOGIC
FC3BL POWER
LIGHTING STALK
P Pin Description Active Inactive DD1 23-WAY AMP – FORD / BLACK DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM
SD1 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW BELOW DRIVER SEAT
O SD3-1 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB MOTOR SUPPLY – FORWARD B+ GROUND
O SD3-2 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB MOTOR SUPPLY – REAR B+ GROUND
O SD3-3 DRIVER SEAT HEATER ELEMENTS SUPPLY B+ GROUND GROUNDS
O SD3-5 DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP INFLATE MOTOR B+ GROUND
O SD3-6 DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP DEFLATE SOLENOID B+ GROUND Ground Location / Type
O SD3-7 DRIVER SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND FC2AR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
O SD3-8 DRIVER SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND FC2BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
I SD3-9 DRIVER SEAT FORE MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND FC4AR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
I SD3-10 DRIVER SEAT AFT MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND FC4BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
I SD3-11 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION REAR EDGE LOWER REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND FC5L EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / RIGHT HAND SEAT
I SD3-12 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION REAR EDGE RAISE REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND FC5R EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / RIGHT HAND SEAT
I SD3-13 DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR INFLATE REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND FC6L EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / LEFT HAND SEAT
I SD3-14 DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR DEFLATE REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND FC6R EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / LEFT HAND SEAT
I SD3-15 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB AFT RECLINE REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I SD3-16 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB FORE RECLINE REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
O SD4-1 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
O SD4-2 DRIVER SEAT FORE / AFT MOVEMENT POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND
O SD4-5 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB POT. REFERENCE VOLTAGE B+ B+
O SD4-6 DRIVER SEAT RAISE / LOWER POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE VOLTAGE B+ B+
I SD4-10 DRIVER SEAT RAISE / LOWER POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK 10 V = UP; 2 V = DOWN
I SD4-11 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB POT. FEEDBACK 9 V = UP; 4 V = DOWN
I SD4-12 DRIVER SEAT FORE / AFT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK 10 V = FORWARD; 2 V = REAR
O SD4-14 DRIVER SEAT RAISE / LOWER POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND
O SD4-18 DRIVER SEAT FORE / AFT MOVEMENT POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE VOLTAGE B+ B+
I SD5-1 DRIVER OR PASSENGER SEAT IDENTIFICATION GROUND (DRIVER)
I SD5-2 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
O SD5-3 DRIVER SEAT RAISE / LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O SD5-4 DRIVER SEAT RAISE / LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I SD5-5 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
I SD5-8 DRIVER SEAT BELT FASTENED B+ (FASTENED) GROUND
S SD5-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S SD5-10 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network Messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE
ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control modules
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. and control module pins.
N S U FCS11 U
15 B+ – 20.1 20.2 SCP
FC14-80 FC14-84
RW I S Y FCS12 Y
1 + 20.1 20.2 SCP
FC14-41 FC14-85
5 WU I Y 20.1 20.2 CAN
II
FC14-15
17 WR I G 20.1 20.2 CAN
I
FC14-32
NR O (LHD) OY (RHD) O
16 LOGIC
FC55-9 FC55-8 (LHD) FC14-69 (LHD)
SEAT HEATER FC55-15 (RHD) FC14-17 (RHD)
STATE OG (LHD) G (RHD) I POWER
O R B R
FC55-7 (LHD) FC14-86 (LHD) SD19-1 SD19-3 SD17-1 SD17-3
THERMOSTAT
FC55-14 (RHD) FC14-35 (RHD)
B B HEATER HEATER
FCS49 FC55-16
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE B
FC4BR
SEAT HEATER SWITCH DRIVER SEAT CUSHION DRIVER SQUAB
(FC2BR)
FC4AR
(FC2AR) DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE MAJOR
INSTRUMENT PACK
– S U U
NR SD5-10 SD1-3
7 B+
SD5-5 + S Y Y
SD5-9 SD1-8 SD8 SD8 SD8 SD8 SD8 SD7 SD7 SD7 SD7 SD7 SD9 SD9 SD9 SD9 SD9
O -5 -6 -2 -1 -3 -5 -6 -2 -1 -3 -5 -6 -2 -1 -3
O
N G I SD3-3
21
SD20-2 SD20-1 SD5-8 O O
SEAT BELT WG W YG UY BG WB WU UY WU WR G WU WR OG UY
FASTENED SD3-6
SEAT BELT SWITCH
O YU
SD3-5
O WG
GR I SD4-1
N SD11-3 SD3-13 O W
22
SD11-9 GU I SD4-5
SD11-11 SD3-14 I YG
WG I SD4-11
SD11-12 SD3-12 O UY
W I SD3-1
SD11-5 SD3-11 O BG
BW I SD3-2
SD11-7 SD3-16 O WB
GW I SD4-18
SD11-8 SD3-15 O WU
UY I SD4-2
SD11-6 SD3-9 I UY
OY I SD4-12
SD11-13 SD3-10 O WU
SD3-7
O WR
DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK
SD3-8
POWER O G
B B B I SD4-6
SD1-1 SDS3 SD5-2 O WU
SD4-14
FC6L I WR
(FC5L)
SD4-10
O OG
B BO I SD5-3
** UY
SD1-6 SD5-1 O
SD5-4
FC6R
(FC5R) ** NOTE: Module identification.
DRIVER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
I Input Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) VARIANT: Memory Seat Vehicles
1 6 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 7 52 Fig. 01.2 53 92 Fig. 01.3 6
II
52
II
Fig. 01.4 53
E
67
E
Fig. 01.5 1 19
I
Fig. 02.1
O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications S SCP Network
VIN RANGE: A00116 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: September 1999
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
Fig. 12.2
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
P Pin Description Active Inactive
I FC14-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY GROUND
COMPONENTS
O FC14-17 LHD RH (RHD LH) SEAT HEATER STATE LED GROUND (LED ON) B+ Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
I FC14-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 / 104-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET
I FC14-35 LHD RH (RHD LH) SEAT HEATER REQUEST GROUND B+
SEAT BELT SWITCH SD20 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHION
O FC14-69 LHD LH SEAT HEATER STATUS LED (RHD = RH) GROUND B+
SEAT CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER SD3 / 16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHION
I FC14-80 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) B+ B+ SD4 / 26-WAY FORD IDC / BLACK
S FC14-84 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz SD5 / 10-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
S FC14-85 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz SEAT CUSHION (HEATER) – DRIVER SD19 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW SEAT CUSHION
I FC14-86 LHD LH (RHD RH) SEAT HEATER REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+ SEAT HEATER SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) FC55 / 20-WAY FORD IDC / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – DRIVER SD14 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW SEAT BACK
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE SEAT MOTORS – DRIVER SD7 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW SEAT CUSHION
SD8 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
P Pin Description Active Inactive SD9 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
O SD3-1 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB MOTOR SUPPLY – FORWARD B+ GROUND SQUAB (HEATER) – DRIVER SD17 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY SEAT SQUAB
O SD3-2 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB MOTOR SUPPLY – REAR B+ GROUND SWITCH PACK – DRIVER SEAT SD11 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK DRIVER SEAT
O SD3-3 DRIVER SEAT HEATER ELEMENTS SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O SD3-5 DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP INFLATE MOTOR B+ GROUND
O SD3-6 DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP DEFLATE SOLENOID B+ GROUND HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
O SD3-7 DRIVER SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND Connector Type / Color Location / Access
O SD3-8 DRIVER SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
SD1 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW BELOW DRIVER SEAT
I SD3-9 DRIVER SEAT FORE MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I SD3-10 DRIVER SEAT AFT MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I SD3-11 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION REAR EDGE LOWER REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
GROUNDS
I SD3-12 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION REAR EDGE RAISE REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I SD3-13 DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR INFLATE REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND Ground Location / Type
I SD3-14 DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR DEFLATE REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND FC2BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
I SD3-15 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB AFT RECLINE REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND FC4BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
I SD3-16 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB FORE RECLINE REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND FC5L EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / RIGHT HAND SEAT
I SD5-1 DRIVER OR PASSENGER SEAT IDENTIFICATION GROUND (DRIVER) FC5R EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / RIGHT HAND SEAT
I SD5-2 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND FC6L EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / LEFT HAND SEAT
O SD5-3 DRIVER SEAT RAISE / LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND FC6R EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / LEFT HAND SEAT
O SD5-4 DRIVER SEAT RAISE / LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I SD5-5 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
I SD5-8 DRIVER SEAT BELT FASTENED B+ (FASTENED) GROUND FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
S SD5-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S SD5-10 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network Messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE
ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control modules
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. and control module pins.
N
15 B+
FC14-80 – S
U FCS11 U 20.1 20.2 SCP
5 WU I FC14-84
II Y FCS12 Y
FC14-15 + S SCP
20.1 20.2
17 WR I FC14-85
I
FC14-32
NR O (LHD) OY (RHD) O O R B R
16
FC55-9 FC55-8 (LHD) FC14-69 (LHD) SD19-1 SD19-3 SD17-1 SD17-3
SEAT HEATER THERMOSTAT
FC55-15 (RHD) FC14-17 (RHD)
STATE OG (LHD) G (RHD) I HEATER HEATER
FC55-7 (LHD) FC14-86 (LHD)
FC55-14 (RHD) FC14-35 (RHD) B
B B
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION DRIVER SQUAB
FCS49 FC55-16
SOLENOID VALVE
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE YU B B B
SD14-1 SD14-2 SDS3 SD1-1
PRESSURE SWITCH
FC6L
(FC5L)
– S
U U
NR SD5-10 SD1-3
7 B+
SD5-5 + S
Y Y
SD5-9 SD1-8 SD8 SD8 SD7 SD7 SD9 SD9
O -1 -3 -1 -3 -1 -3
O
N G I SD3-3
21
SD20-2 SD20-1 SD5-8 O O
SEAT BELT UY BG WU WR OG UY
FASTENED SD3-6
SEAT BELT SWITCH
O YU
SD3-5
GR I
N SD11-3 SD3-13
22
SD11-9 GU I
SD11-11 SD3-14
WG I
SD11-12 SD3-12 O UY
W I SD3-1
SD11-5 SD3-11 O BG
BW I SD3-2
SD11-7 SD3-16
GW I
SD11-8 SD3-15
UY I
SD11-6 SD3-9
OY I
SD11-13 SD3-10 O WU
SD3-7
O WR
DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK
SD3-8
B B B I POWER
SD1-1 SDS3 SD5-2
FC6L
(FC5L)
O OG
B BO I SD5-3
** UY
SD1-6 SD5-1 O
SD5-4
FC6R
(FC5R) ** NOTE: Module identification.
DRIVER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
I Input Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) VARIANT: Non Memory Seat Vehicles
1 6 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 7 52 Fig. 01.2 53 92 Fig. 01.3 6
II
52
II
Fig. 01.4 53
E
67
E
Fig. 01.5 1 19
I
Fig. 02.1
O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications S SCP Network
VIN RANGE: A00116 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: September 1999
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
Fig. 12.3
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
P Pin Description Active Inactive
I FC14-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY GROUND
COMPONENTS
O FC14-17 LHD RH (RHD LH) SEAT HEATER STATE LED GROUND (LED ON) B+ Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
I FC14-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 / 104-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET
I FC14-35 LHD RH (RHD LH) SEAT HEATER REQUEST GROUND B+
SEAT BELT SWITCH SP20 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHION
O FC14-69 LHD LH SEAT HEATER STATUS LED (RHD = RH) GROUND B+
SEAT CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER SP3 / 16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHION
I FC14-80 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) B+ B+ SP5 / 10-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
S FC14-84 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz SEAT CUSHION (HEATER) – PASSENGER SP19 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW SEAT CUSHION
S FC14-85 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz SEAT HEATER SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) FC55 / 20-WAY FORD IDC / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
I FC14-86 LHD LH (RHD RH) SEAT HEATER REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+ SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – PASSENGER SP14 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW SEAT BACK
SEAT MOTORS – PASSENGER SP7 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW SEAT CUSHION
PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE SP8 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
SP9 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
P Pin Description Active Inactive SQUAB (HEATER) – PASSENGER SP17 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY SEAT SQUAB
O SP3-1 PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB MOTOR SUPPLY – FORWARD B+ GROUND SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER SEAT SP11 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT
O SP3-2 PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB MOTOR SUPPLY – REAR B+ GROUND
O SP3-3 PASSENGER SEAT HEATER ELEMENTS SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O SP3-5 PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP INFLATE MOTOR B+ GROUND HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
O SP3-6 PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP DEFLATE SOLENOID B+ GROUND
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
O SP3-7 PASSENGER SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR SUPPLY – FORWARD B+ GROUND
O SP3-8 PASSENGER SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR SUPPLY – REAR B+ GROUND SP1 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
I SP3-9 PASSENGER SEAT FORE MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I SP3-10 PASSENGER SEAT AFT MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I SP3-11 PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION REAR EDGE LOWER REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
GROUNDS
I SP3-12 PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION REAR EDGE RAISE REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND Ground Location / Type
I SP3-13 PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR INFLATE REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
FC2BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
I SP3-14 PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR DEFLATE REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
FC4BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
I SP3-15 PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB AFT RECLINE REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
FC5S EYELET (SINGLE) / RIGHT HAND SEAT
I SP3-16 PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB FORE RECLINE REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
FC6S EYELET (SINGLE) / LEFT HAND SEAT
I SP5-1 DRIVER OR PASSENGER SEAT IDENTIFICATION GROUND (DRIVER) GROUND (PASSENGER)
I SP5-2 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
O SP5-3 PASSENGER SEAT RAISE / LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY NOT USED
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
O SP5-4 PASSENGER SEAT RAISE / LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY NOT USED
I SP5-5 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
SP5-8 NOT USED
S SP5-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S SP5-10 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network Messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE
ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control modules
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. and control module pins.
N
15 B+
FC14-80 – S
U FCS11 U 20.1 20.2 SCP
5 WU I FC14-84
II Y FCS12 Y
FC14-15 + S SCP
20.1 20.2
17 WR I FC14-85
I
FC14-32
NR OY (LHD) O (RHD) O O R B R
16
FC55-9 FC55-15 (LHD) FC14-17 (LHD) SP19-1 SP19-3 SP17-1 SP17-3
SEAT HEATER THERMOSTAT
FC55-8 (RHD) FC14-69 (RHD)
STATE G (LHD) OG (RHD) I HEATER HEATER
FC55-14 (LHD) FC14-35 (LHD)
FC55-7 (RHD) FC14-86 (RHD) B
B B PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION PASSENGER SQUAB
FCS49 FC55-16
SOLENOID VALVE
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE YU B B B
SP14-1 SP14-2 SPS3 SP1-1
– S
U U
NR SP5-10 SP1-3
30 B+
SP5-5 + S
Y Y
SP5-9 SP1-8 SP8 SP8 SP7 SP7 SP9 SP9
N G O -1 -3 -1 -3 -1 -3
43 I O
SP20-2 SP20-1 SP5-8 SP3-3
SEAT BELT
SEAT BELT FASTENED O O
UY BG WU WR OG UY
SWITCH SP3-6
O YU
SP3-5
GR I
N SP11-3 SP3-13
44
SP11-9 GU I
SP11-11 SP3-14
WG I
SP11-12 SP3-12 O UY
W I SP3-1
SP11-5 SP3-11 O BG
BW I SP3-2
SP11-7 SP3-16
GW I
SP11-8 SP3-15
UY I
SP11-6 SP3-9
OY I
SP11-13 SP3-10 O WU
SP3-7
PASSENGER SEAT O WR
SWITCH PACK SP3-8
B B B I POWER
SP1-1 SPS3 SP5-2
FC5S
(FC6S)
O OG
BO I SP5-3
NOT CONNECTED **
SP1-6 SP5-1 O UY
SP5-4
I Input Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) VARIANT: 3-Way Movement Vehicles
1 6 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 7 52 Fig. 01.2 53 92 Fig. 01.3 6
II
52
II
Fig. 01.4 53
E
67
E
Fig. 01.5 1 19
I
Fig. 02.1
O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications S SCP Network
VIN RANGE: A00116 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: September 1999
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
Fig. 12.4
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
P Pin Description Active Inactive
I FC14-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY GROUND
COMPONENTS
O FC14-17 LHD RH (RHD LH) SEAT HEATER STATE LED GROUND (LED ON) B+ Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
I FC14-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 / 104-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET
I FC14-35 LHD RH (RHD LH) SEAT HEATER REQUEST GROUND B+
SEAT BELT SWITCH WIRING (NOT USED) SP20 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHION
O FC14-69 LHD LH SEAT HEATER STATUS LED (RHD = RH) GROUND B+
SEAT CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER SP3 / 16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHION
I FC14-80 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) B+ B+ SP5 / 10-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
S FC14-84 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz SEAT CUSHION (HEATER) – PASSENGER SP19 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW SEAT CUSHION
S FC14-85 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz SEAT HEATER SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) FC55 / 20-WAY FORD IDC / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
I FC14-86 LHD LH (RHD RH) SEAT HEATER REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+ SEAT MOTORS – PASSENGER SP7 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW SEAT CUSHION
SP8 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE SP9 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
SQUAB (HEATER) – PASSENGER SP17 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY SEAT SQUAB
P Pin Description Active Inactive SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER SEAT SP11 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT
O SP3-1 PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB MOTOR SUPPLY – FORWARD B+ GROUND
O SP3-2 PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB MOTOR SUPPLY – REAR B+ GROUND
O SP3-3 PASSENGER SEAT HEATER ELEMENTS SUPPLY B+ GROUND HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
O SP3-5 PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP INFLATE MOTOR B+ GROUND
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
O SP3-6 PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP DEFLATE SOLENOID B+ GROUND
O SP3-7 PASSENGER SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR SUPPLY – FORWARD B+ GROUND SP1 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
O SP3-8 PASSENGER SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR SUPPLY – REAR B+ GROUND
I SP3-9 PASSENGER SEAT FORE MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I SP3-10 PASSENGER SEAT AFT MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
GROUNDS
I SP3-13 PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR INFLATE REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND Ground Location / Type
I SP3-14 PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR DEFLATE REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
FC2BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
I SP3-15 PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB AFT RECLINE REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
FC4BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
I SP3-16 PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB FORE RECLINE REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
FC5S EYELET (SINGLE) / RIGHT HAND SEAT
I SP5-1 DRIVER OR PASSENGER SEAT IDENTIFICATION GROUND (DRIVER) GROUND (PASSENGER)
FC6S EYELET (SINGLE) / LEFT HAND SEAT
I SP5-2 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
I SP5-5 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
SP5-8 NOT USED
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
S SP5-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S SP5-10 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network Messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE
ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control modules
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. and control module pins.
N
15 B+
FC14-80 – S
U FCS11 U 20.1 20.2 SCP
5 WU I FC14-84
II Y FCS12 Y
FC14-15 + S SCP
20.1 20.2
17 WR I FC14-85
I
FC14-32
NR OY (LHD) O (RHD) O O R B R
16
FC55-9 FC55-15 (LHD) FC14-17 (LHD) SP19-1 SP19-3 SP17-1 SP17-3
SEAT HEATER THERMOSTAT
FC55-8 (RHD) FC14-69 (RHD)
STATE G (LHD) OG (RHD) I HEATER HEATER
FC55-14 (LHD) FC14-35 (LHD)
FC55-7 (RHD) FC14-86 (RHD) B
B B PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION PASSENGER SQUAB
FCS49 FC55-16
SOLENOID VALVE
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE YU B B B
SP14-1 SP14-2 SPS3 SP1-1
– S
U U
NR SP5-10 SP1-3
30 B+
SP5-5 + S
Y Y
SP5-9 SP1-8 SP8 SP8 SP7 SP7
N O -1 -3 -1 -3
43 NOT USED O
SP20-2 SP3-3
O O
UY BG WU WR
SP3-6
O YU
SP3-5
GR I
N SP11-3 SP3-13
44
SP11-9 GU I
SP11-11 SP3-14
SP11-12 O UY
SP3-1
SP11-5 O BG
BW I SP3-2
SP11-7 SP3-16
GW I
SP11-8 SP3-15
UY I
SP11-6 SP3-9
OY I
SP11-13 SP3-10 O WU
SP3-7
PASSENGER SEAT O WR
SWITCH PACK SP3-8
B B B I POWER
SP1-1 SPS3 SP5-2
FC5S
(FC6S)
BO I
NOT CONNECTED **
SP1-6 SP5-1
I Input Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) VARIANT: 2-Way Movement Vehicles
1 6 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 7 52 Fig. 01.2 53 92 Fig. 01.3 6
II
52
II
Fig. 01.4 53
E
67
E
Fig. 01.5 1 19
I
Fig. 02.1
O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications S SCP Network
VIN RANGE: A00116 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: September 1999
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
Fig. 13.1
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
P Pin Description Active Inactive
I FC14-5 TRUNK LATCH RELEASE REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+
COMPONENTS
I FC14-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY GROUND Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
I FC14-31 FUEL FLAP RELEASE REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 / 104-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET
I FC14-33 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER DD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING
I FC14-41 IGNITION GROUND SUPPLY GROUND DD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
I FC14-55 VALET SWITCH GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+ DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER DP10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING
I FC14-58 NOT-IN-PARK GROUND (R,N,D,4,3,2) B+ (PARK) DP11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
I FC14-67 KEY IN IGNITION GROUND (KEY IN) B+ DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR – DRIVER DD3 / 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING
O FC14-71 DOOR LOCK RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND (PULSE) B+ DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR – PASSENGER DP3 / 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING
I FC14-80 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) B+ B+ DOOR LOCK SWITCH – PASSENGER DP3 / 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING
S FC14-84 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz DOOR LOCK SWITCHES – DRIVER DD3 / 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING
S FC14-85 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz DOOR SWITCH – DRIVER DD3 / 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING
DOOR SWITCH – PASSENGER DP3 / 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE FUEL FILL FLAP SOLENOID IC24 / 2-WAY LABINAL / NATURAL TRUNK / FUEL FILL
IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH) FC4 / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE STEERING COLUMN
P Pin Description Active Inactive KEY FOB ANTENNA (CONVERTIBLE) HARD WIRED TOP OF BACKLIGHT
I DD10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+ KEY FOB ANTENNA (COUPE) RH7 / COAXIAL CONNECTOR TOP OF BACKLIGHT
O DD10-5 DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK B+ GROUND NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH FC87 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY
O DD10-6 DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR LOCK B+ GROUND SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE BT40 / 16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIER
I DD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND BT41 / 26-WAY FORD IDC / BLACK
S DD10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz RH20 / COAXIAL CONNECTOR
S DD10-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz TRUNK AND FUEL FILL RELEASE SWITCH FC41 / 10-WAY AMP MQL / NATURAL FASCIA / DRIVER SIDE
I DD10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND TRUNK RELEASE SOLENOID BT43 / 2-WAY LABINAL / BROWN TRUNK / LEFT HAND SIDE
I DD11-4 DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL UNLOCK REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND TRUNK SWITCH BT46 / 2-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK TRUNK
I DD11-5 EXTERIOR DOOR HANDLE WINDOW DROP REQUEST B+ VALET SWITCH FC67 / 10-WAY AMP MQL / BLACK DRIVER KNEE BOLSTER
I DD11-12 DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL LOCK REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I DD11-20 DRIVER DOOR SWITCH GROUND (DOOR OPEN) B+
RELAYS
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE Relay Color / Stripe Connector / Color Location / Access
P Pin Description Active Inactive DOOR LOCKING RELAY BLACK FC24 / BLACK RH FASCIA RELAYS
I DP10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
O DP10-5 PASSENGER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK B+ GROUND
O DP10-6 PASSENGER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR LOCK B+ GROUND
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
I DP10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND Connector Type / Color Location / Access
S DP10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
AC13 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
S DP10-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
AC14 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
I DP10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
AC15 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
I DP11-5 EXTERIOR DOOR HANDLE WINDOW DROP REQUEST B+ GROUND
BT1 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
I DP11-20 PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH GROUND (DOOR OPEN) B+
BT2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
DD1 23-WAY AMP – FORD / BLACK DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE DP1 23-WAY AMP – FORD / BLACK PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
P Pin Description Active Inactive IC4 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TRUNK / LEFT OF ANTENNA ASSEMBLY
O BT40-1 TRUNK RELEASE SOLENOID B+ GROUND RH2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
O BT40-2 FUEL FILLER FLAP SOLENOID B+ GROUND
S BT40-8 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I BT40-13 GROUND GROUND GROUND
GROUNDS
I BT40-14 GROUND GROUND GROUND Ground Location / Type
I BT40-15 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
BT1AL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
S BT40-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
BT1AR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
I BT41-5 TRUNK SWITCH GROUND B+
FC2AR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
I BT41-7 PASSENGER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR LOCK STATUS GROUND (LOCKED) B+
FC2BL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
I BT41-19 DRIVER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR LOCK STATUS GROUND (LOCKED) B+
FC2BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
I RH20-1 KEY FOB ANTENNA
FC3BL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
I RH20-2 KEY FOB ANTENNA SHIELD GROUND GROUND
FC3BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
FC4AR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network Messages.
FC4BL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC4BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
RH3S EYELET (SINGLE) / ROOF, ADJACENT TO BACKLIGHT
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE
ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control modules
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. and control module pins.
BK BK O I – S U U U U S –
FCS48 FC4-5 FC4-4 FC14-67 FC14-84 FCS11 RH2-11 BT1-10 BT40-16 RH7 RH7
Y Y Y Y -1 -2
IGNITION SWITCH + S S +
FCS12
FC3BL (KEY-IN SWITCH) FC14-85 RH2-12 BT1-11 BT40-8
I W
RH20-1
B
BK BK YB YB I BRD
FC87-3 FC87-1 FC14-58
Y U BK BK RW RW RH20-2
I RHS3
NOT-IN-PARK BTS21 BT46-1 BT46-2 BTS6 BT41-5 I W
MICROSWITCH RH20-1
TRUNK SWITCH
AC14 AC14 BT1AR
BRD
YR I -9 -8 RH20-2
TRUNK FC41-10 FC14-5 I YR
BT41-19 BT2-7
FCS47
BK Y I Y U
I YU
FC41-3 FUEL FILL FC41-6 FC14-31
BK BT41-7 BT2-16
TRUNK RELEASE
B B YU I BK I YU YR SOLENOID
FCS50 FC67-5 FC67-4 FC14-55 O YR BT40-13
FC14-71 BTS21
BK I O O O B B
VALET SWITCH LOGIC
BT40-14 BT40-2 IC4-3 IC24-2 IC24-1 IC4-4 BTS20
FC4BL
(FC2BL) BK B
POWER
FUEL FILL FLAP
BT1AR SOLENOID BT1AL
RH2-14 (LHD) RH2-2 (LHD)
SECURITY AND LOCKING RH2-2 (RHD) RH2-14 (RHD)
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE CONTROL MODULE
N S U U
25 B+ –
ACS5 LOCK STATUS
DD10-1 DD10-9 DD1-8 YR (LHD)
NW GU I S Y Y YU (RHD) YR Y BK
37 +
DD3-13 DD3-5 DD11-5 DD10-16 DD1-3 ACS6 AC13-6 DD1-16 DD3-9 DD3-8
EXTERIOR HANDLE
DDS7
LOCK OY I O Y Y
NW DD3-10 DD11-12 DD10-5 DD3-3 BK
38
DD3-12 UNLOCK NG I YG YG DD1-2
DD3-11 DD11-4 DD1-19 DD3-2
KEY BARREL BK GW I O YB YB BK
DD3-7 DD3-6 DD11-20 DD10-6 DD3-1
DRIVER DOOR LOCK FC4AR
DOOR LOCK (FC2AR)
SWITCHES DRIVER DOOR CONTROL DRIVER DOOR LOCK
SWITCH ACTUATOR
BK BK BK I LOGIC
DD1-2 DDS7 DD10-8 B B 9 FC24
B B I POWER NR FCS46 10 8 YG YG
31
DD1-21 DD10-17 AC15-1 ACS2
FC4AR NR 6 7 YR
(FC2AR) 32
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
FC2BR
(FC4BR)
DOOR LOCKING
N S U U RELAY
48 B+ –
DP10-1 DP10-9 DP1-8
NW GU I S Y Y YU (LHD) LOCK STATUS
33 +
DP3-13 DP3-5 DP11-5 DP10-16 DP1-3 YR (RHD) YU Y BK
EXTERIOR HANDLE DP3-9 DP3-8
AC13-17 DP1-16
BK GW I DPS7
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK
SWITCH DP3-7 DP3-6 DP11-20 O Y Y
DP10-5 DP3-3 BK
PASSENGER DOOR DOOR LOCK
SWITCH CONTROL YG YG DP1-2
BK BK BK I LOGIC DP1-19 DP3-2
P Pin Description Active Inactive KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE FC22 / 20-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREEN ADJACENT TO DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK FC25 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK FASCIA
D EM82-15 OK TO START ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS FC26 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW
D EM82-16 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS PASSIVE SECURITY SOUNDER LF18 / 6-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RIGHT HAND SIDE
READER / EXCITER COIL (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC12 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE STEERING COLUMN / RIGHT HAND SIDE
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE SECURITY ACTIVE INDICATOR FC88 / 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE FRONT OF GEAR SELECTOR MODULE
(GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE)
P Pin Description Active Inactive SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE BT40 / 16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIER
I FC22-1 GLASS BREAKAGE SENSOR GROUND B+ BT41 / 26-WAY FORD IDC / BLACK
I FC22-4 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+ RH20 / COAXIAL CONNECTOR
D FC22-6 SERIAL COMMUNICATION (ENCODED COMMUNICATION) TRUNK SWITCH BT46 / 2-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK TRUNK
D FC22-7 READER / EXCITER COIL (ENCODED COMMUNICATION) VALET SWITCH FC67 / 10-WAY AMP MQL / BLACK DRIVER KNEE BOLSTER
D FC22-8 READER / EXCITER COIL (ENCODED COMMUNICATION)
D FC22-9 GLASS BREAKAGE / OK TO START (ENCODED COMMUNICATION)
I FC22-12 GROUND GROUND GROUND
RELAYS
I FC22-13 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND Relay Color / Stripe Connector / Color Location / Access
I FC22-14 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND
HORN RELAY (#6) BROWN BUS ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
D FC22-16 OK TO START (ENCODED COMMUNICATION)
D FC22-17 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE (ENCODED COMMUNICATION)
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
P Pin Description Active Inactive
AC14 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
S FC25-13 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
BT1 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
S FC25-14 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
BT47 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TRUNK / ADJACENT TO ANTENNA
DD1 23-WAY AMP – FORD / BLACK DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE DP1 23-WAY AMP – FORD / BLACK PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
P Pin Description Active Inactive EM2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
I DP10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+ EM3 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
I DP10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND LF1 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
S DP10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz LF60 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
S DP10-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz RF1 18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
I DP10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND RH2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
I DP11-20 PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH GROUND (DOOR OPEN) B+ SC1 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE
ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control modules
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. and control module pins.
BK RW RW I RH7 RH7
U BT46-1 BT46-2 BTS6 -1 -2
– S BT41-5
FC25-14
TRUNK SWITCH
+ S Y I W
FC25-13 YR YR RH20-1
B
O B+
BK BK IS1-2 BT47-2 BT41-26 BRD
BTS21 BT47-3 IS1-5 GW GW I RH20-2 RHS3
IS1-1 BT47-1 BT41-8 I W
MAJOR BK
INSTRUMENT PACK BK I RH20-1
INCLINATION SENSOR
BT1AR BT41-10 BRD
BK I RH20-2
N S U BT40-13
15 B+ –
FC14-80 FC14-84 BK I BK BK
BTS21
NW S Y BT40-14 FC88-2 FC88-6 FCS47
19 B+ +
BK
FC14-104 FC14-85 FC3BR
RW I SECURITY ACTIVE INDICATOR
1 BT1AR SECURITY AND LOCKING
FC14-41 CONTROL MODULE (GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE)
17 WR I O Y
I
FC14-32 FC14-29
D GO GO
BK BK B OY OY OY I FC14-13 LF1-12 LF18-4
EMS38 EM34-1 EM34-2 EM2-10 FC14-56 42 WR
WB WB II
O LF18-3
ENGINE COMPARTMENT SECURITY
EM1BR
SECURITY SWITCH CONTROL FC14-22 LF60-13 LF18-2 NW
(EM2BR) 74
O WU WU LF18-6
FC14-23 LF60-12 LF18-1 B
B B YU I NOTE: Check market specification and/or vehicle LF18-5
FCS50 FC67-5 FC67-4 FC14-55 O GW option specification for fitment of security sounder. ACTIVE SECURITY
PASSIVE SECURITY
FC14-70 SOUNDER SOUNDER
FC4BL VALET SWITCH D YB
(FC2BL) LOGIC
FC14-92 U U
POWER D Y #11 10A LF7-1 LF14
RH HORN
FC14-39 B B
Y U 3 5 GB LFS8 LF15
4
#13 10A LF7-5 LF1AL
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
1 2 GW
4
AC14 AC14 LF6-6 GB
N -9 -8
LF16
25 B+ HORN RELAY (#6) LH HORN
DD10-1 B B
Y U
LOCK OY I LFS9 LF17
ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
NW DD3-10 DD11-12
38 LF2BR
DD3-12 UNLOCK NG I – S U U LF60-14
DD3-11 DD11-4 DD10-9 DD1-8 ACS5
KEY BARREL S Y Y NR D O SERIAL
+ 18 B+ 20.1 20.2
COMMUNICATION
BK GW I DD10-16 DD1-3 ACS6 FC22-4 FC22-6
DRIVER DOOR LOCK DD3-7 DD3-6 WU
SWITCHES
DD11-20 3 I
II
SECURITY FC22-14
DRIVER DOOR DATA D O O B
SWITCH 16 WR I
I FC22-7 SC1-3 SC12-1
BK BK BK I LOGIC FC22-13
D OG OG B
DD1-2 DDS7 DD10-8 YB D GLASS BREAKAGE /
OK TO START FC22-8 SC1-4 SC12-2
B B I POWER FC22-9
DD1-21 DD10-17 FCS74
Y D SECURITY READER / EXCITER COIL
ACKNOWLEDGE
FC4AR FC22-17
(FC2AR)
O COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
DRIVER DOOR D OK TO START
CONTROL MODULE FC22-16
BK BK I
FCS47 FC22-12 I YB YB O
N S U U FC22-1 RF1-8 RF10-3 NR
48 B+ – 17
DP10-1 DP10-9 DP1-8 FC3BR
BK RF10-2
+ S
Y Y RFS1 RF10-1
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE BK
BK GW I DP10-16 DP1-3
GLASS BREAKAGE
DP3-7 DP3-6 DP11-20 RF1-3 SENSOR
SECURITY
PASSENGER DOOR DATA
SWITCH O O D
BK
BK BK BK I LOGIC EM2-18 EM82-15
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
DP1-2 DPS7 DP10-8 Y Y D FC3BR
B B I POWER EM3-8 EM82-16
ROOF CONSOLE
DP1-21 DP10-17
FC2AR
(FC4AR)
PASSENGER DOOR ENGINE CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE MODULE
P Pin Description Active Inactive MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK FC25 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK
FC26 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW
FASCIA
D EM82-15 OK TO START ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS PASSIVE SECURITY SOUNDER LF18 / 6-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RIGHT HAND SIDE
D EM82-16 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS READER / EXCITER COIL (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC12 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE STEERING COLUMN / RIGHT HAND SIDE
ROOF CONSOLE RF11 / HYBRID / WHITE ROOF CONSOLE
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE RF10 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY
SECURITY ACTIVE INDICATOR FC88 / 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE FRONT OF GEAR SELECTOR MODULE
P Pin Description Active Inactive (GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE)
I FC22-4 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+ SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE BT40 / 16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIER
D FC22-6 SERIAL COMMUNICATION (ENCODED COMMUNICATION) BT41 / 26-WAY FORD IDC / BLACK
RH20 / COAXIAL CONNECTOR
D FC22-7 READER / EXCITER COIL (ENCODED COMMUNICATION)
TRUNK SWITCH BT46 / 2-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK TRUNK
D FC22-8 READER / EXCITER COIL (ENCODED COMMUNICATION)
VALET SWITCH FC67 / 10-WAY AMP MQL / BLACK DRIVER KNEE BOLSTER
I FC22-12 GROUND GROUND GROUND
I FC22-13 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND
I FC22-14 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND
RELAYS
D FC22-16 OK TO START (ENCODED COMMUNICATION)
D FC22-17 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE (ENCODED COMMUNICATION) Relay Color / Stripe Connector / Color Location / Access
HORN RELAY (#6) BROWN BUS ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK
P Pin Description Active Inactive
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
S FC25-13 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S FC25-14 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz Connector Type / Color Location / Access
AC14 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE BT1 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
P Pin Description Active Inactive DD1 23-WAY AMP – FORD / BLACK DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM
DP1 23-WAY AMP – FORD / BLACK PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
I DP10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
EM2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
I DP10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
EM3 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
S DP10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
LF1 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
S DP10-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
LF60 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
I DP10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
RF1 18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
I DP11-20 PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH GROUND (DOOR OPEN) B+
RH2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE
ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control modules
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. and control module pins.
BK RW RW I RH7 RH7
U BT46-1 BT46-2 BTS6 -1 -2
– S BT41-5
FC25-14
Y TRUNK SWITCH W
+ S I
FC25-13 YR RH20-1
B
BK BT47-2 BT41-26 BRD
NOT USED NOT USED
BTS21 BT47-3 GW RH20-2 RHS3
MAJOR BT47-1 BT41-8 I W
BK
INSTRUMENT PACK BK I RH20-1
ENGINE COMPARTMENT O WB WB
EM1BR SECURITY
(EM2BR)
SECURITY SWITCH CONTROL FC14-22 LF60-13 LF18-2
O WU WU
FC14-23 LF60-12 LF18-1
B B YU I
FCS50 FC67-5 FC67-4 FC14-55 O GW PASSIVE SECURITY
FC14-70 SOUNDER
FC4BL
VALET SWITCH YB
(FC2BL) LOGIC
FC14-92 U U
D Y #11 10A LF7-1 LF14
POWER RH HORN
FC14-39 B B
Y U 3 5 GB LFS8 LF15
4
#13 10A LF7-5 LF1AL
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
1 2 GW
4
AC14 AC14 LF6-6 GB
N -9 -8
LF16
25 B+ HORN RELAY (#6) LH HORN
DD10-1 B B
Y U
LOCK OY I LFS9 LF17
ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
NW DD3-10 DD11-12
38 LF2BR
DD3-12 UNLOCK NG I – S U U LF60-14
DD3-11 DD11-4 DD10-9 DD1-8 ACS5
+ S
Y Y RFS1 RF10-1
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE BK
BK GW I DP10-16 DP1-3
DP3-7 DP3-6 DP11-20 RF1-3
SECURITY
PASSENGER DOOR DATA
SWITCH O O D
BK
BK BK BK I EM2-18 EM82-15
LOGIC
DP1-2 DPS7 DP10-8 Y Y D FC3BR
B B I EM3-8 EM82-16
ROOF CONSOLE
POWER
DP1-21 DP10-17
FC2AR
(FC4AR)
PASSENGER DOOR ENGINE CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE MODULE
RELAYS
Relay Color / Stripe Connector / Color Location / Access
WIPER RUN / STOP RELAY BLACK LF48 / BLACK LH ENCLOSURE RELAYS
WIPER FAST / SLOW RELAY BLACK LF49 / BLACK LH ENCLOSURE RELAYS
POWERWASH RELAY (#4) BROWN BUS ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
EM2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
FC49 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 /BLACK FASCIA
LF3 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
LF1 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
LF60 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
RF1 18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
FC3BL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
FC3BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
LF1AR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / RIGHT HAND HEADLAMP
LF3BS EYELET (SINGLE) / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE
ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control modules
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. and control module pins.
RW RW
RS1-11 FC49-8
21 WR
II
RS1-6
N
15 B+ (LOGIC)
FC14-80
NW 3 5 YR B
19 B+ (MOTORS) 4
FC14-104 #7 30A LF6-1 LF25-2 LF25-1
B WU WU WU 5 WU I 1 2 YB
II
4
RF15-1 RF2-6 RF1-9 FC49-6 RS1-1 FC14-15 LF6-10 POWERWASH
B BG BG BG PUMP
POWERWASH RELAY (#4)
RF15-2 RF2-8 RF1-15 FC49-12 RS1-7 GR GR
B NW NW NW RS1-5 FC49-2
ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
RF15-3 RF2-7 RF1-16 FC49-5 RS1-2 GO GO
RS1-9 FC49-10 O YB YB
RAIN SENSOR G G FC14-18 LF1-17
2 WU WU GR GR GR I
II FCS55
SC1-9 WASH SC1-8 FC14-37
GO GO GO I LF48 4 B
FAST WIPE SC1-6 FCS53 FC14-34 WG 3 5 NG
10
G G G I
SLOW WIPE SC1-5 FCS52 FC14-94 NG 1 2 BG
9 LFS18
FLICK WIPE GU GU GU I B
SC1-7 FCS51 FC14-9
WIPER RUN / STOP
INTERMITTENT RELAY LF3BS
WIPE BG BG
O
FC14-43 LF60-16
560 Ω LF49 4 U
WG 3 5 R
1.3 ΚΩ
NG 1 2 WG
11
DELAY 2.7 ΚΩ
5.1 ΚΩ
WIPER FAST / SLOW
RELAY
11 ΚΩ O WG WG
FC14-19 LF60-17
51 ΚΩ
FAST BW R R
EM51-1 (LHD) LF3-4
WASH / WIPE STALK EM51-5 (RHD)
B B B N SLOW BR U U
LFS18 LF3-5 EM51-4 (LHD) EM51-2 (LHD) LF3-3
EM51-2 (RHD) EM51-4 (RHD)
NLG RW RW
DIP UY LF3BS PARK SWITCH EM51-3 EM2-17 FCS54
FC3BL
LIGHTING STALK
LOGIC
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
POWER
P Pin Description Active Inactive AC16 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
BT1 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
S FC25-13 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
BT2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
S FC25-14 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
DD1 23-WAY AMP – FORD / BLACK DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM
DP1 23-WAY AMP – FORD / BLACK PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE FC62 10-WAY AMP MQL / BLACK CONVERTIBLE TOP SWITCH
P Pin Description Active Inactive RF1 18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
I DP10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+ RH12 18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
O DP10-7 PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT MOTOR DOWN SUPPLY B+ GROUND RH2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
I DP10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
S DP10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
GROUNDS
I DP10-10 PASSENGER SWITCH PACK RH WINDOW DOWN REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I DP10-11 PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT MOVEMENT SENSOR FEEDBACK 2 V = UP; 12 V = DOWN Ground Location / Type
I DP10-12 PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT MOVEMENT SENSOR FEEDBACK 2 V = UP; 12 V = DOWN
FC2AR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
O DP10-13 PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT MOVEMENT SENSOR REFERENCE VOLTAGE B+ B+
FC4AR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
O DP10-15 PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT MOTOR UP SUPPLY B+ GROUND
S DP10-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I DP10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
I DP10-18 PASSENGER SWITCH PACK RH WINDOW UP REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network Messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE
ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control modules
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. and control module pins.
CONVERTIBLE U
TOP 20.1 20.2 SCP
CONTROL
+ S Y FCS12 Y S +
FC14-85 FC25-13
REMOTE
WINDOW
CONTROL Y Y U U
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK
BK BK BK I RW
DD1-2 DDS7 DD17-20 DD10-12 DD16-6 MOVEMENT SENSOR FC4AR
(FC2AR)
WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES
FC4AR
O OY
(FC2AR)
DD10-15 DD16-1
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
O O
DD10-7 DD16-3
LOCK OY I DRIVER WINDOW LIFT
NW DD3-10 DD11-12
38
DD3-12 UNLOCK NG I
DD3-11 DD11-4
KEY BARREL BK BK BK I LOGIC
DD1-2 DDS7 DD10-8
DRIVER DOOR LOCK B B Y
SWITCHES I POWER
DD1-21 DD10-17 FC14-63 FC62-6
FC4AR YR
(FC2AR)
TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE NW NW NW NW DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE FC14-10 FC62-1
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
01.1 49
BT2-2 RH2-13 GR
FC14-89 RF1-4
PASSENGER SIDE NW NW NW N N GU
FUSE BOX
01.2 48 B+
FCS82 AC15-20 (LHD) DP1-22 DP10-1 FC14-62 RF1-5
AC16-1 (RHD)
– S U U GW
DP10-9 DP1-8 FC14-36 RF1-6
+ S Y Y GB
BO I DP10-16 DP1-3 FC14-98 RH12-16
DP17-2 DP10-18 I U GU
NW
34 DP10-11 DP16-2 FC14-77 RH12-17
DP17-1 BG I OG
DP17-7 DP10-10
O UY BK BK BK BODY PROCESSOR MODULE RF1-13
DP10-13 DP16-5 DP16-4 DPS7 DP1-2
WINDOW
BK BK BK LIFT
CONTROL RH12-15
DP1-2 DPS7 DP17-8
I RW
WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES DP10-12 DP16-6 MOVEMENT SENSOR FC2AR
FC2AR (FC4AR) NOTE: Coupe vehicles only – Convertible Top
(FC4AR) fascia harness wiring not used.
PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK O OY
BK BK BK I DP10-15 DP16-1
LOGIC
DP1-2 DPS7 DP10-8 O O
B B I DP10-7 DP16-3
POWER
DP1-21 DP10-17
PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT
FC2AR
(FC4AR)
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BT1AL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
BT1AR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
BT1BL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
BT1BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
BT2BL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / TRUNK, RIGHT REAR
FC3BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
RH1S EYELET (SINGLE) / RIGHT HAND REAR QUARTER
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE
ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control modules
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. and control module pins.
WINDOW
G 20.1 20.2 CAN B 4 BT74
LIFT
CONTROL NR 5 3 GW GW O
Y 71
20.1 20.2 CAN BT3-4 RH5-3
NR 1 2 GB RH33-2
54
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
N Y LH QUARTER
15 B+ C + LIGHT LIFT
LH QUARTER UP
FC14-80 FC25-11 RELAY
– S U U 5 WU I G C –
II B 9 BT74 RH33-1
DP10-9 DP1-8 FC14-15 FC25-23 BTS37
S Y Y 8 RG I S U U S – NR 10 8 GR GR U
+
II
– 72
DP10-16 DP1-3 FC14-33 FC14-84 FC25-14 VEHICLE BT3-5 RH5-1
B
WR Y Y SPEED NR 6 7 GU
WINDOW 17 I + S S + 55
LIFT I
CONTROL FC14-32 FC14-85 FC25-13
YR I BT1BR
BK BK FC62-1 FC14-10 LH QUARTER DOWN
FCS47 FC62-10 Y I MAJOR RELAY
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE FC3BR FC62-6 FC14-63 INSTRUMENT PACK
O GB GB GB
FC14-98 RH12-16 BT3-3 BTS33
CONVERTIBLE TOP
SWITCH B 4 BT76
NG 5 3 GW GW O
61
BT3-7 RH6-3
GR GR I NR 1 2 GB RH34-2
56
RF4-2 RF1-4 FC14-89
CONVERTIBLE
TOP CLOSED TOP RH QUARTER
SWITCH CONTROL LIGHT LIFT
RH QUARTER UP
RELAY
BK BK BK GU GU I
RF1-3 RFS1 RF4-1 RF4-3 RF1-5 FC14-62 BTS35
B 9 BT76 RH34-1
OG OG GW GW I BT1BL
RF1-13 RF4-5 RF4-4 RF1-6 FC14-36
RH QUARTER DOWN
RELAY
TOP READY-TO-LATCH LOGIC
SWITCH O GU GU GU
POWER FC14-77 RH12-17 BT3-6
OG
RH12-15 BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE B 4 BT16
NR 5 3 B B
63
OG BT15-2
RH29-3 – S U U U B 2 1 U
TOP RAISED NR BT40-16 BT1-10 RH2-11
53 B+
SWITCH BT40-6 + S Y Y Y
BT40-8 BT1-11 RH2-12 CONVERTIBLE
TOP UP RELAY TOP PUMP
B B GW GW GW I U
O
RH29-1 RH29-2 BT3-1 BT41-3 BT40-3
B B
BT1AL BT2BL
TOP DOWN RELAY
UY
O
BT40-10
GW GW B
O
BT40-4 PH1-1 PH2-2 PH2-1
BTS21
BK I GR GR B B B
O
BT40-14 BT40-9 PH1-2 PH3-2 PH3-1 PHS1 PH1-3
BK
BT1AR SECURITY AND LOCKING BT1AL
CONTROL MODULE MAIN CONTROL VALVE
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
AC14 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
BT1 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
DD1 23-WAY AMP – FORD / BLACK DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM
DP1 23-WAY AMP – FORD / BLACK PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
IC1 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
IC2 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
RH1 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY BEHIND GLOVE BOX
SC2 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
SC3 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN
SW1 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWL
SW2 6-WAY JST / WHITE CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BT1AL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
CE2 EYELET (SINGLE) / ABOVE RIGHT HAND SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
FC3BL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE
ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control modules
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. and control module pins.
NR
45 B+
RADIO
CAN 20.2 20.1
Y C + IC19-1
ANTENNA
FC25-11 NR
46 B+
CAN 20.2 20.1
G C – IC19-2
LH SIDE
FC25-23 23 W B+ IC13 IC12 DRIVER DOOR REAR QUARTER
I
IC19-7 LH SIDE SPEAKER SPEAKER
FASCIA SPEAKER (MID-BASS) (COUPE)
NG
59
VEHICLE O OY OY I BT19-3
SPEED
FC26-20 IC1-11 IC20-1 B B
O GB GB GB GB BT19-6 BTS20
CASSETTE
RW RW RW RW LH SIDE
I REAR SPEAKER
MODE SW4-1 SW2-2 SW1-2 SC3-2 IC2-6 IC20-2 (CONVERTIBLE)
3.3 Κ Ω
W W W
SEEK
IC19-4 IC1-16 RH1-20 RH26-1
6.8 Κ Ω CONV.
BG BG BG
VOLUME + IC19-11 IC1-17 RH1-12 RH26-2
20 Κ Ω
VOLUME - CASSETTE
BO BO BO BO BK WB WB WB
SW4-2 SWS1 SW2-6 SW1-6 SC3-12 FCS48 IC19-5 IC1-18 RH1-5 RH27-1
RADIO CONTROL CONV.
SWITCHES YU YU YU
IC19-12 IC1-19 RH1-6 RH27-2
FC3BL
STEERING WHEEL
RH SIDE
* NOTE: Early production vehicles. REAR SPEAKER
CAUTION: The Steering Wheel contains two logic ground (CONVERTIBLE)
circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or
cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.
BO (UO*) BO BO
IC1-7 RH1-4
COUPE
WU WU WU
IC1-8 RH1-3
UY ICS4 UY UY UY O
O IC19-10 IC1-9 AC14-1 DP1-12
IC7-1 IC8-1 U ICS3 U U U W
W IC19-9 IC1-10 AC14-2 DP1-11
IC7-2 IC8-2 UY U FCS28 U U G
R IC1-14 AC14-12 DP1-23
IC7-3 IC8-3 U O FCS27 O O N
G IC1-15 AC14-11 DP1-17 DP18 DP18
-1 -2
IC7-4 IC8-4 AUDIO
NETWORK
B O U
NOT USED
IC7-5 IC8-5
U FC39 FC39 DP19 DP19 RH31 RH31
-1 -2 NOTE: The female pins of connector DP1 -1 -2 -1 -2
IC7-6 IC8-6 are located on the vehicle LH side for both
LHD and RHD vehicles.
Y
IC7-7 IC8-7
B B
IC7-8 IC8-8 IC19-6
I Input Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) VARIANT: Standard ICE Vehicles
1 6 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 7 52 Fig. 01.2 53 92 Fig. 01.3 6
II
52
II
Fig. 01.4 53
E
67
E
Fig. 01.5 1 19
I
Fig. 02.1
O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications S SCP Network
VIN RANGE: A00116 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: September 1999
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
Fig. 16.2
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK
P Pin Description Active Inactive
C FC25-11 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
COMPONENTS
C FC25-11 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
O FC25-11 VEHICLE SPEED 22 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H); 44 Hz @ 20 MPH (32 KM/H) @ B+
ANTENNA MOTOR BT19 / 6-WAY YAZAKI C.S.U. / WHITE TRUNK / RIGHT HAND SIDE
CD AUTO-CHANGER IC7 / 8-WAY ALPINE TRUNK / RIGHT HAND SIDE
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network Messages.
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK FC25 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK FASCIA
FC26 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW
POWER AMPLIFIER IC7 / 8-WAY ALPINE / BLACK TRUNK / RIGHT HAND SIDE
IC15 / 18-WAY / MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
IC16 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT IC8 / 8-WAY ALPINE / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
IC19 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
IC20 / 26-WAY MQS / YELLOW
RADIO ANTENNA IC12 / COAXIAL CONNECTOR TRUNK / RIGHT HAND SIDE
RADIO CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) SW4 / 3-WAY EPC / BLACK STEERING WHEEL
SPEAKER – DRIVER DOOR (MID-BASS) DD19 / 2-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK / BLACK DRIVER DOOR CASING
SPEAKER – PASSENGER DOOR (MID-BASS) DP19 / 2-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR CASING
SPEAKER – DRIVER DOOR (TWEETER) DD18 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
SPEAKER – PASSENGER DOOR (TWEETER) DP18 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR
SPEAKER – LH SIDE FASCIA FC38 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY FASCIA / LH SIDE
SPEAKER – RH SIDE FASCIA FC39 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY FASCIA / RH SIDE
SPEAKER – LH SIDE REAR (CONVERTIBLE) RH26 / 2-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK / BLACK INTERIOR REAR QUARTER PANEL
SPEAKER – RH SIDE REAR (CONVERTIBLE) RH27 / 2-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK / BLACK INTERIOR REAR QUARTER PANEL
SPEAKER – LH SIDE REAR QUARTER (COUPE) RH30 / 2-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK / BLACK INTERIOR REAR QUARTER PANEL
SPEAKER – RH SIDE REAR QUARTER (COUPE) RH31 / 2-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK / BLACK INTERIOR REAR QUARTER PANEL
SPEAKER – REAR (COUPE) RH26 / 2-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK / BLACK PARCEL SHELF
RH27 / 2-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK / BLACK
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
AC14 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
BT1 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
DD1 23-WAY AMP – FORD / BLACK DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM
DP1 23-WAY AMP – FORD / BLACK PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
IC1 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
IC2 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
IC4 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TRUNK / LEFT OF ANTENNA ASSEMBLY
RH1 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY BEHIND GLOVE BOX
SC3 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN
SW1 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWL
SW2 6-WAY JST / WHITE CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BT1AL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
BT1AR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
BT1CS EYELET (SINGLE) / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
CE2 EYELET (SINGLE) / ABOVE RIGHT HAND SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
FC3BL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE
ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control modules
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. and control module pins.
NR
45 B+
CAN
Y C + IC19-1 RADIO
20.2 20.1
FC25-11 NR ANTENNA
46 B+
CAN 20.2 20.1
G C – IC19-2 LH SIDE
FC25-23 23 W B+ IC13 IC12 DRIVER DOOR DRIVER DOOR REAR QUARTER
I
IC19-7
LH SIDE SPEAKER SPEAKER SPEAKER
FASCIA SPEAKER (TWEETER) (MID-BASS) (COUPE)
NG
59
VEHICLE O OY OY I BT19-3
SPEED B B
FC26-20 IC1-11 IC20-1
O GB GB GB GB BT19-6 BTS20
17.1
GW IC15-4 IC1-3 RH1-1
IC20-7 BW BW BW
O IC15-12 IC1-4 RH1-2
CASSETTE IC8-1 IC7-1
LH SIDE
RW RW RW RW I W REAR SPEAKER
MODE SW4-1 SW2-2 SW1-2 SC3-2 IC2-6 IC20-2 IC8-2 IC7-2 (CONVERTIBLE)
3.3 Κ Ω R
IC8-3 IC7-3 W W W
SEEK
6.8 Κ Ω
G IC15-2 IC1-16 RH1-20 RH26-1 RH26-1
VOLUME - CASSETTE U
BO BO BO BO BK IC8-6 IC7-6 WB WB WB
RADIO CONTROL SW4-2 SWS1 SW2-6 SW1-6 SC3-12 FCS48 Y IC15-11 IC1-18 RH1-5 RH27-1 RH27-1
I Input Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) VARIANT: Premium ICE Vehicles
1 6 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 7 52 Fig. 01.2 53 92 Fig. 01.3 6
II
52
II
Fig. 01.4 53
E
67
E
Fig. 01.5 1 19
I
Fig. 02.1
O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications S SCP Network
VIN RANGE: A00116 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: September 1999
Fig. 17.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
CELLULAR TELEPHONE CONTROL MODULE RT2 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 42 / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
RT5 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 42 / BLACK
HANDSET RT4 / TELEPHONE / PROPRIETARY CENTER CONSOLE
MICROPHONE RF9 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLUE ROOF CONSOLE
TELEPHONE ANTENNA RT7 / COAXIAL TRUNK / RIGHT HAND SIDE
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
IC2 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
RF1 18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
RT3 TELEPHONE / PROPRIETARY CENTER CONSOLE
RT6 TELEPHONE / PROPRIETARY CENTER CONSOLE
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
FC2CS EYELET (SINGLE) / RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC4CS EYELET (SINGLE) / LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control modules
and control module pins.
TELEPHONE
ANTENNA
NR NR NR WB
39 B+ 16.1 16.2
IC2-4 ICS7 RT2-10 RT5-5
NR B+
U 16.1 16.2
RT2-3 RT5-10
22 G G G B+
UY 16.1 16.2 ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
I
IC2-5 RT2-2 RT5-11
RT7 RT7 UY 16.1 16.2
-2 -1
RT5-16
GW 16.1 16.2
RT5-15
N W U OG
RT6-1 RT4-11 RT4-10 RT3-1 RT5-8
BRD BRD B B
RT6-2 RT4-12 RT4-6 RT3-2 RT5-13
R W
RT4-2 RT3-3 RT5-7
BRD
RT5-1
Y OY
RT4-3 RT3-4 RT5-4
O YR
RT4-4 RT3-5 RT5-3
N YG
RT4-5 RT3-6 RT2-8
G W
RT4-1 RT3-7 RT5-12
W Y
RT4-9 RT3-10 RT5-14
P G
RT4-7 RT3-8 BRD RT2-6
B
BRD RT5-6
S O
RT4-8 RT3-9 RT2-1
HANDSET
Y Y Y
RF9-1 RF1-17 IC2-1 RT2-11
BRD BRD BRD
RF9-2 RF1-18 IC2-2 RT2-12
MICROPHONE
B
RT2-4
B
ICS8 RT2-9
B
CELLULAR TELEPHONE
CONTROL MODULE
FC2CS
(FC4CS)
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
CD AUTO-CHANGER
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE IC7 / 8-WAY ALPINE / BLACK TRUNK / RIGHT HAND SIDE
IC22 / 16-WAY AMP ML42 / BLACK
IC23 / 24-WAY AMP ML42 / BLACK
NAVIGATION DISPLAY FC97 / 12-WAY AMP ML42 / BLACK BEHIND NAVIGATION DISPLAY
FC98 / 16-WAY AMP ML42 / BLACK
NAVIGATION GPS ANTENNA IC5 / 2-WAY HIROSE COAX GT5 SERIES / GREY BELOW PARCEL SHELF
POWER AMPLIFIER IC7 / 8-WAY ALPINE / BLACK TRUNK / RIGHT HAND SIDE
IC15 / 18-WAY / MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
IC16 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT IC8 / 8-WAY ALPINE / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
IC19 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
IC20 / 26-WAY MQS / YELLOW
VEHICLE SPEED INTERFACE MODULE EM74 / 42-WAY / BLUE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
EM2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
IC1 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
IC3 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
IC4 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TRUNK / LEFT OF ANTENNA ASSEMBLY
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BT2AR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / TRUNK, RIGHT REAR
EM1AL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM2AL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
FC3BL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control modules
and control module pins.
EM2AL
(EM1AL) VEHICLE SPEED
INTERFACE MODULE R R DIMMER RG RG 10.2 DIMMER CONTROLLED
IC23-1 FC98-8 OVERRIDE FC97-11 FCS4 LIGHTING
IC3-1
BRD BRD
G IC23-2 IC3-2 FC98-7 WU
AUDIO – B+ 25
IC16-10 IC22-10 G G FC97-4
O O
IC8-1 IC7-1 W
W R
IC8-2 IC7-2 STANDARD ICE G
R AUDIO B
NETWORK
IC8-3 IC7-3 U
G Y
AUDIO IC8-4 IC7-4 B
NETWORK
B
IC8-5 IC7-5
U CD AUTO-CHANGER
IC8-6 IC7-6 (STANDARD ICE)
Y
IC8-7 IC7-7
B
IC8-8 IC7-8
BRD (G*)
AUDIO –
IC20-23 IC22-12
R
IC20-22 IC22-13 BT2AR
FC3BL
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE IC7 / 8-WAY ALPINE / BLACK TRUNK / RIGHT HAND SIDE
IC22 / 16-WAY AMP ML42 / BLACK
IC23 / 24-WAY AMP ML42 / BLACK
NAVIGATION DISPLAY FC97 / 12-WAY AMP ML42 / BLACK BEHIND NAVIGATION DISPLAY
FC98 / 16-WAY AMP ML42 / BLACK
NAVIGATION GPS ANTENNA IC5 / 2-WAY HIROSE COAX GT5 SERIES / GREY BELOW PARCEL SHELF
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH FC19 / 1-WAY LUCAR POSILOCK / BLACK BELOW PARKING BRAKE LEVER
POWER AMPLIFIER IC7 / 8-WAY ALPINE / BLACK TRUNK / RIGHT HAND SIDE
IC15 / 18-WAY / MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
IC16 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT IC8 / 8-WAY ALPINE / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
IC19 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
IC20 / 26-WAY MQS / YELLOW
TELEVISION ANTENNA - RH #1 TV4 / 1-WAY / METALLIC REAR WINDOW
TELEVISION ANTENNA - RH #2 TV34 / 1-WAY / METALLIC REAR WINDOW
TELEVISION ANTENNA - LH #3 TV3 / 1-WAY / METALLIC REAR WINDOW
TELEVISION ANTENNA - LH #4 TV35 / 1-WAY / METALLIC REAR WINDOW
TELEVISION ANTENNA AMPLIFIER TV20 / 2-WAY / METALLIC ABOVE LH REAR INNER WHEEL ARCH
TV21 / 2-WAY / METALLIC
TV22 / 2-WAY / METALLIC
TV23 / 2-WAY / METALLIC
TV31 / 1-WAY BUTTON CONNECTOR / BLACK
TV32 / 1-WAY BUTTON CONNECTOR / BLACK
TELEVISION MODULE TV5 / 2-WAY / METALLIC ON TRUNK FUSE BOX HOUSING
TV6 / 2-WAY / METALLIC
TV7 / 2-WAY / METALLIC
TV8 / 2-WAY / METALLIC
VEHICLE INFORMATION CONTROL BEACON MODULE TV10 / 8-WAY / BLACK SPARE WHEEL WELL
VEHICLE INFORMATION CONTROL INFRARED SENSOR IR1 / 2-WAY HIROSE COAX GT5 SERIES / GREY BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
VEHICLE INFORMATION CONTROL MODULE TV12 / 4-WAY / BLACK SPARE WHEEL WELL
TV14 / 8-WAY / BLACK SPARE WHEEL WELL
VEHICLE SPEED INTERFACE MODULE EM74 / 42-WAY / BLUE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
EM2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
IC1 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
IC2 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
IC3 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
IC4 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TRUNK / LEFT OF ANTENNA ASSEMBLY
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BT2AR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / TRUNK, RIGHT REAR
EM1AL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM2AL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
FC3BL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
TV36 EYELET (SINGLE) / BELOW PARCEL SHELF
TV37 EYELET (SINGLE) / LH REAR WHEEL ARCH
TV38 EYELET (SINGLE) / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control modules
and control module pins.
TV38
OY OY OY VEHICLE INFORMATION
IC2-7 FCS56 FC19 CONTROL MODULE
W PARKING BRAKE
TV4-1 TV15-1 SWITCH
NOTE: FCS56 – TV vehicles only.
BRD
TELEVISION TV15-2
ANTENNA G
RH #1 AUDIO –
NR IC16-10 IC22-10
66 B+
TV8-1
PREMIUM ICE N AUDIO +
WU AUDIO IC16-6 IC22-9
29 B+
I TV8-2 R
W IC16-4 IC22-13
TV34-1 TV17-1 OY
BRD TV8-4
POWER AMPLIFIER
TELEVISION ICS13 TV17-2 (PREMIUM ICE)
ANTENNA * NOTE: Early production vehicles.
BK U
RH #2
TV21-1 TV5-1
TV36
BRD BRD (G*) AUDIO –
TV21-2 TV5-2 IC20-23 IC22-12
R STANDARD ICE G (Y*) AUDIO +
B B B
G TV22-1 TV6-1 AUDIO IC20-10 IC22-11 IC22-1 BTS17
IC4-8
TV3-1 TV18-1 BRD R
BRD TV22-2 TV6-2 IC20-22 IC22-13 BT2AR
TELEVISION TV18-2 N
ANTENNA TV23-1 TV7-1
LH #3 NAVIGATION
BRD CONTROL MODULE
TV23-2 TV7-2 O O NOTE: Refer to Fig. 17.2 for Navigation vehicles
IC20-8 FC97-9 CD Auto-changer circuits.
IC3-12
RU RU
G IC20-15 IC3-13 FC97-7
TV35-1 TV19-1 W W
BRD B B IC20-14 IC3-9 FC97-10 BK BK
TELEVISION ICS14 TV19-2 ICS12 TV8-3 BRD BRD FC97-2 FCS48
ANTENNA BK IC20-16 FC97-8
IC3-10
LH #4
TV37 TV38 FC3BL
I Input Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) VARIANT: TV and VICS Vehicles
1 6 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 7 52 Fig. 01.2 53 92 Fig. 01.3 6
II
52
II
Fig. 01.4 53
E
67
E
Fig. 01.5 1 19
I
Fig. 02.1
O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications S SCP Network
VIN RANGE: A00116 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: September 1999
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION Fig. 18.1
AIRBAG / SRS CONTROL MODULE
P Pin Description Active Inactive COMPONENTS
I FC29-4 GROUND GROUND GROUND
O FC29-5 MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK AIRBAG MIL GROUND B+
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
D FC29-6 SERIAL COMMUNICATION AIRBAG – DRIVER SIDE (STEERING WHEEL) SW11 / 3-WAY EPC / BLACK CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
I FC29-7 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND AIRBAG – PASSENGER SIDE FC74 / 3-WAY EPC / BLACK LEFT HAND SIDE OF AIRBAG ASSEMBLY
I FC29-8 COMMON AIRBAG GROUND SUPPLY GROUND (SHORTED IMPACT SENSOR) OPEN CIRCUIT AIRBAG INTERROGATION CONNECTOR FC40 / 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
I FC29-9 RH IMPACT SENSOR GROUND SUPPLY STATUS GROUND (NO FAULT) AIRBAG / SRS CONTROL MODULE FC29 / 12-WAY FORD CARD / BLACK RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
I FC29-11 LH IMPACT SENSOR STATUS GROUND (SHORTED) B+ FC30 / 12-WAY FORD CARD / GREY
I FC29-12 RH IMPACT SENSOR STATUS GROUND (SHORTED) B+ IMPACT SENSOR – LH LF50 / 4-WAY FORD CARD / NATURAL FRONT UPPER CROSS MEMBER / FORWARD OF RADIATOR
IMPACT SENSOR – RH LF51 / 4-WAY FORD CARD / NATURAL FRONT UPPER CROSS MEMBER / FORWARD OF RADIATOR
O FC30-2 DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG POWER SUPPLY B+ (SHORTED SAFING SENSOR) OPEN CIRCUIT PRE-TENSIONER CONTROL MODULE FC1 / 30-WAY SIEMENS / YELLOW BELOW CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
O FC30-3 DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG GROUND SUPPLY GROUND (SHORTED IMPACT SENSOR) OPEN CIRCUIT SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER - LH PT2 / 2-WAY FORD AIRBAG / YELLOW BEHIND LH REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL
O FC30-4 PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG GROUND SUPPLY GROUND (SHORTED IMPACT SENSOR) OPEN CIRCUIT SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER - RH PT3 / 2-WAY FORD AIRBAG / YELLOW BEHIND LH REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL
O FC30-5 PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG POWER SUPPLY B+ (SHORTED SAFING SENSOR) OPEN CIRCUIT
I FC30-6 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
O FC30-7 FUSED SUPPLY INTERRUPT GROUND (FAULT PRESENT) B+ (NO FAULT)
I FC30-8 DEPLOYMENT BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+ Connector Type / Color Location / Access
I FC30-9 LH IMPACT SENSOR GROUND SUPPLY STATUS 0 V (NO FAULT)
LF2 8-WAY FORD CARD / BLACK LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
I FC30-10 COMMON AIRBAG GROUND SUPPLY GROUND (SHORTED IMPACT SENSOR) OPEN CIRCUIT
PT1 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
O FC30-11 CODE RETRIEVAL PULSED OUTPUT GROUND (PULSED) B+
SW10 3-WAY EPC / BLACK INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWL
I FC30-12 GROUND GROUND GROUND
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
FC1S EYELET (SINGLE) / TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, RIGHT HAND SIDE
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control modules
and control module pins.
20.2 20.1
R D
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
FC29-6
14 WG
B+
II
FC29-7
35 W
B+
II
FC30-6
RW O
13
FC30-7
FUSE
BLOW
RW I
14
FC30-8
FUSE BLOW
SWITCH
CASSETTE
O
FC30-3 WR SO
SW10-3 SW11-3
DRIVER SIDE
AIRBAG
36 W
II
FC1-5 CASSETTE
O RU R
BW U FC30-2 SW10-1 SW11-1
PT3-1 PT1-3 FC1-1
BW BW PASSENGER
DEPLOYMENT POWER SIDE AIRBAG
PT2-1 PT1-1 FC1-3 ENERGY RESERVE
PW (RW*) RW O WU WU
PT2-2 PT1-2 FC1-4 FC30-4 FC74-3
Y BK
LH SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER FC1-7 FC1-6
PRE-TENSIONER
CONTROL MODULE
I O (OG*) O (OG*)
FC29-12 LF2-4 LF51-1
RU O I WU WU
FC30-11 FC30-10 LF2-5 LF51-2 RH IMPACT SENSOR
I OG OG
FC29-5
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK: AIRBAG FAILURE 08.1
Y Y O FC29-9 LF2-6 LF51-4
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) FCS64
RW
12
BK I I YU YU
FC40-1 FC29-4 FC29-11 LF2-1 LF50-1
Y I OY OY
FC40-4 FC29-8 LF2-3 LF50-4 LH IMPACT SENSOR
RU I WG WG
FC40-2 FC30-9 LF2-2 LF50-2
BK BK I
FC40-3 FCS45 FC30-12
AIRBAG BK
INTERROGATION
CONNECTOR AIRBAG / SRS
FC1S CONTROL MODULE
RELAYS
Relay Color / Stripe Connector / Color Location / Access
HORN RELAY (#6) BROWN BUS ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RELAY (#6) BROWN BUS TRUNK FUSE BOX
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BT58 4-WAY ECONOSEAL III HC / BLACK TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
LF60 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
RF1 18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
RH14 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III HC / BLACK REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
SC2 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
SC3 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN
SW1 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWL
SW2 6-WAY JST / WHITE CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BT2BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / TRUNK, RIGHT REAR
BT2BS EYELET (SINGLE) – TRUNK, RIGHT REAR
FC2BL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC2BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC3BL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
FC3BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
FC4BL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC4BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
LF1AL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / RIGHT HAND HEADLAMP
LF2BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD LATCH
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE
ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control modules
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. and control module pins.
N U U
15 B+
FC14-80 #11 10A LF7-1 LF14
CASSETTE
B B
HP1
GU GU GU I LFS8 LF15
SW2-1 SW1-1 SC3-1 FC14-4 3 5 GB
4 LF1AL
#13 10A LF7-5
GU RH HORN
1 2 GW
HP2 CASSETTE 4
BK BK BK BK BK LF6-6
HORN
HP3 SW2-5 SW1-5 SCS1 SC2-9 FCS48 CONTROL
HORN RELAY (#6)
HORN GB 24 WU B B
SWITCHES I FCS49
ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX LF16 FC42-2 FC42-1
FC3BL
O GW B B
STEERING WHEEL LFS9
CIGAR LIGHTER
FC14-70 LF60-14 LF17 FC4BR
(FC2BR)
LF2BR
LOGIC
CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic ground
circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or LH HORN
cross-switch the BO and BK circuits. POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
NG
27
BT25-1
WR WR TRUNK
ACCESSORY
#11 10A BT12-1 BTS38 BT25-3 CONNECTOR NR
17
B RF10-2 RF11-1
3 5 BT25-2
1
#13 BT12-5 BT2BR (CONV.)
2 1 WR BT2BS (COUPE)
1 14
BT11-6 I
ROOF CONSOLE
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE LF37 / 25-WAY AMP HYBRID / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FRONT LEFT
ACTIVE SECURITY SOUNDER LF18 / 6-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK REARWARD OF RIGHT FRONT HEADLAMP
ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE BT69 / 35-WAY AMP / BLACK TRUNK / ADJACENT TO ELECTRICAL CARRIER
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE AC1 / 26-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY A/C UNIT / RIGHT HAND SIDE
AC2 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
AC3 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
AC4 / 22-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
AIRBAG / SRS CONTROL MODULE FC29 / 12-WAY FORD CARD / BLACK RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
FC30 / 12-WAY FORD CARD / GREY
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 / 104-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET
DATA LINK CONNECTOR FC53 / 16-WAY AMP OBD2 / BLACK BELOW DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER DD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING
DD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER DP10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING
DP11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 / 31-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM81 / 24-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM82 / 17-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM83 / 28-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM84 / 22-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM85 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE FC88 / 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE FRONT OF GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE FC22 / 20-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREEN ADJACENT TO DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK FC25 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK FASCIA
FC26 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW
SEAT CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER SD3 / 16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHION
SD4 / 26-WAY FORD IDC / BLACK
SD5 / 10-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
SEAT CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER SP3 / 16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHION
SP5 / 10-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE BT40 / 16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIER
BT41 / 26-WAY FORD IDC / BLACK
RH20 / COAXIAL CONNECTOR
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE EM7 / 88-WAY BOSCH / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
VEHICLE SPEED INTERFACE MODULE EM74 / 42-WAY / BLUE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
AC14 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
BT1 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
BT2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL
DD1 23-WAY AMP – FORD / BLACK DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM
DP1 23-WAY AMP – FORD / BLACK PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
EM1 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
LF1 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
LF40 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
RH2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
RH12 18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
SD1 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW BELOW DRIVER SEAT
SP1 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
FC3BL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network Messages.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control modules
and control module pins.
NW
24 B+
+ C Y Y C + + C Y EMS57 Y C + + C Y Y C + + C Y C + FC53-16
LF37-5 LF40-3 EM7-83 EM7-86 EM83-24 EM83-25 EM1-6 FC88-4 FC88-9 FC25-11 6 WU B+
G G G EMS56 G G G G II FC53-9
– C C – – C C – – C C – – C C –
LF37-15 LF40-4 EM7-82 EM7-85 EM83-15 EM83-16 EM1-7 FC88-3 FC88-8 FC25-23 19 WR
I FC53-8
+ C Y + C Y C +
EM74-15 FC25-10 FC53-6
– C G – C G C –
EM74-16 FC25-24 FC53-14
VEHICLE SPEED
INTERFACE MODULE CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK (CAN)
NOTE: Vehicle Speed Interface Module and circuit –
Navigation vehicles only. U S –
FC25-14
Y S +
FC25-13
– S U U S –
FC14-84 FC53-10
+ S Y Y S +
FC14-85 FC53-2
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
FCCP D U U D
– S U U U U U S – EM80-27 EM1-5 FC53-12
ENGINE CONTROL
SECURITY AND LOCKING PASSENGER SEAT MODULE
CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE
NOTE: FCCP – Flash Communication Control Port;
– S U U ACS5 U U U U S – VFP – Voltage, Flash Programming
DP10-9 DP1-8 AC14-8 SD1-3 SD5-10
+ S Y Y ACS6 Y Y Y Y S +
DP10-16 DP1-3 AC14-9 SD1-8 SD5-9
– S U U
DD10-9 DD1-8
+ S Y Y
AIRBAG / SRS
DD10-16 DD1-3 CONTROL MODULE
STANDARD CORPORATE PROTOCOL NETWORK (SCP)
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
W D
FC53-15
O D
FC53-7
BK
D W W W FCS15 FC53-4
I Input Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) VARIANT: AJ27 N/A Vehicles
1 6 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 7 52 Fig. 01.2 53 92 Fig. 01.3 6
II
52
II
Fig. 01.4 53
E
67
E
Fig. 01.5 1 19
I
Fig. 02.1
O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications S SCP Network
VIN RANGE: A00116 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: September 1999
Fig. 20.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE LF37 / 25-WAY AMP HYBRID / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FRONT LEFT
ACTIVE SECURITY SOUNDER LF18 / 6-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK REARWARD OF RIGHT FRONT HEADLAMP
ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE BT69 / 35-WAY AMP / BLACK TRUNK / ADJACENT TO ELECTRICAL CARRIER
ADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROL BOOSTER CONTROL MODULE AL4 / 16-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM87 / 10-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK
ADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROL CONTROL MODULE LF61 / 24-WAY DELPHI MICROPACK 100W SERIES / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FORWARD OF RADIATOR
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE AC1 / 26-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY A/C UNIT / RIGHT HAND SIDE
AC2 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
AC3 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
AC4 / 22-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
AIRBAG / SRS CONTROL MODULE FC29 / 12-WAY FORD CARD / BLACK RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
FC30 / 12-WAY FORD CARD / GREY
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 / 104-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET
DATA LINK CONNECTOR FC53 / 16-WAY AMP OBD2 / BLACK BELOW DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER DD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING
DD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER DP10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING
DP11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 / 31-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM81 / 24-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM82 / 17-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM83 / 28-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM84 / 22-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM85 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE FC88 / 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE FRONT OF GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE FC22 / 20-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREEN ADJACENT TO DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK FC25 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK FASCIA
FC26 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW
SEAT CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER SD3 / 16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHION
SD4 / 26-WAY FORD IDC / BLACK
SD5 / 10-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
SEAT CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER SP3 / 16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHION
SP5 / 10-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE BT40 / 16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIER
BT41 / 26-WAY FORD IDC / BLACK
RH20 / COAXIAL CONNECTOR
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE EM72 / 14-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM73 / 18-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK
VEHICLE SPEED INTERFACE MODULE EM74 / 42-WAY / BLUE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
AC14 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
BT1 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
BT2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL
DD1 23-WAY AMP – FORD / BLACK DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM
DP1 23-WAY AMP – FORD / BLACK PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
EM1 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
LF1 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
LF40 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
RH2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
RH12 18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
SD1 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW BELOW DRIVER SEAT
SP1 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
FC3BL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network Messages.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control modules
and control module pins.
NW
24 B+
+ C Y EMS53 Y EMS57 Y C + + C Y EMS55 Y Y C + + C Y C + FC53-16
+ C Y C + + C Y Y + C Y
LF37-5 LF61-13 LF61-12 LF40-3 EM87-3 + C Y C +
– C G C – – C G G – C G FC25-10 FC53-6
– C G
EM74-16 CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK (CAN) U S –
VEHICLE SPEED FC25-14
INTERFACE MODULE Y S +
FC25-13
NOTE: Vehicle Speed Interface Module and circuit – Navigation vehicles only.
– S U U S –
FC14-84 FC53-10
+ S Y Y S +
FC14-85 FC53-2
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE U U
FCCP D D
EM80-27 EM1-5 FC53-12
– S U U U U U S – VFP D W W D
BT40-16 BT1-10 RH2-11 FCS11 SP1-3 SP5-10 EM80-19 EM1-20 FC53-13
+ S Y Y Y Y Y S +
BT40-8 BT1-11 RH2-12 FCS12 SP1-8 SP5-9 ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
SECURITY AND LOCKING PASSENGER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE NOTE: FCCP – Flash Communication Control Port;
VFP – Voltage, Flash Programming
– S U U ACS5 U U U U S –
DP10-9 DP1-8 AC14-8 SD1-3 SD5-10
+ S Y Y ACS6 Y Y Y Y S +
DP10-16 DP1-3 AC14-9 SD1-8 SD5-9
SERIAL D R D
PASSENGER DOOR OUTPUT FC53-3
DRIVER SEAT FC29-6
CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE
– S U U
DD10-9 DD1-8
AIRBAG / SRS
+ S Y Y CONTROL MODULE
DD10-16 DD1-3
STANDARD CORPORATE PROTOCOL NETWORK (SCP)
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE W D
FC53-15
O D
FC53-7
BK
D W W W FCS15 FC53-4
Abbreviations
The following abbreviations are used throughout this Appendix:
Receivers
ABS/TCCM
SCBCM
J-GATE
SCCM
DIAG
INST
ECM
TCM
Message / Function Source
Receivers
ABS/TCCM
SCBCM
J-GATE
SCCM
DIAG
INST
ECM
TCM
Message / Function Source
Receivers
ABS/TCCM
SCBCM
J-GATE
SCCM
DIAG
INST
ECM
TCM
Message / Function Source
Receivers
ABS/TCCM
SCBCM
J-GATE
SCCM
DIAG
INST
ECM
TCM
Message / Function Source
continued…
continued…